[1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-a]Pyridine and [1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-c]Pyrimidine Compounds and Their Use

ABSTRACT

The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), and especially certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds, which, inter alia, inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function. The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, etc., including proliferative conditions such as cancer, etc.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/658,437, filed Mar. 16, 2015. U.S. application Ser. No. 14/658,437 is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/869,374, filed Apr. 24, 2013, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,012,633. U.S. application Ser. No. 13/869,374 is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/679,871, filed Mar. 24, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,431,596. U.S. application Ser. No. 12/679,871 is a 35 U.S.C. §371 national phase application of PCT/GB2008/003428 (WO 2009/047514), filed Oct. 10, 2008. PCT/GB2008/003428 is a non-provisional application of U.S. provisional patent application No. 60/978,792 filed Oct. 10, 2007 and United Kingdom patent application number 0719803.9 filed Oct. 10, 2007. The contents of each of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

TECHNICAL FIELD

The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), and especially certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds, which, inter alia, inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function. The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, etc., including proliferative conditions such as cancer, etc.

BACKGROUND

A number of patents and publications are cited herein in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

Throughout this specification, including the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word “comprise,” and variations such as “comprises” and “comprising,” will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.

It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a pharmaceutical carrier” includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like.

Ranges are often expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.

This disclosure includes information that may be useful in understanding the present invention. It is not an admission that any of the information provided herein is prior art or relevant to the presently claimed invention, or that any publication specifically or implicitly referenced is prior art.

Axl receptor tyrosine kinase (nucleotide accession numbers NM_021913 and NM_001699) is a transmembrane receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) protein and a member of the Axl RTK subfamily. The Axl RTK gene has a chromosomal location of 19q13.2 (see, e.g., O'Bryan et al., 1991). Axl is also known as UFO, ARK and TYRO7 and has IUBMB Enzyme Nomenclature EC 2.7.10.1.

The Axl RTK subfamily comprises Axl, Mer (Stk, Nyk) and Tyro3(Rse/Dtk/Sky). This subfamily is characterised by a common protein domain structure. The Axl RTK subfamily all possess the combination of two extracellular N-terminal immunoglobulin type domains and two fibronectin III domains, a single span transmembrane region followed by C-terminal kinase domain (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006a).

Gas6 acts as a ligand to all of the Axl RTK family, but exhibits differing affinities for the receptors and activates the three proteins to varying degrees. Gas6 is a member of the vitamin K-dependent family of proteins and shows a 43% sequence identity and the same domain organisation to protein S, a serum protein which has been shown to be a negative regulator of blood coagulation (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006b).

Gas6 is upregulated in growth arrested cells (see, e.g., Manfioletti et al., 1993) which indicates a function in protection of the cell against cellular stresses. It has since been shown that Gas6 can cross link Axl monomers and promote cellular survival, proliferation and migration (see, e.g., Bellosta et al., 1997; Sainaghi et al., 2005; Fridell et al., 1998).

Homophilic binding of the Axl extracellular domain can result in cellular aggregation and this event is independent of the intracellular kinase activity (see, e.g., Bellosta et al., 1995).

The Axl intracellular kinase domain (ICD) is responsible for the oncogenic transforming ability of Axl RTK. The Gas6/Axl signal transduction pathway operates, although not exclusively, through activation of the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K) pathway (see, e.g., Shankar et al., 2006).

The PI3K/Akt signaling network is crucial to widely divergent physiological processes that include cell cycle progression, differentiation, transcription, translation and apoptosis (see, e.g., Hanada et al., 2004).

Activation of PI3K/Akt signaling results in disturbance of control of cell proliferation and apoptosis, ensuing in competitive growth advantage for tumor cells. Activation of Akt is associated with phosphorylation of Ser⁴⁷³ (see, e.g., Alessi et al., 1996) and monitoring changes in levels of total and phosphorolated Akt within the cell enables an assessment of the efficacy of drugs which act upstream of Akt.

The intracellular domain of Axl kinase has been shown to associate with many proteins (p55gamma, p85alpha and beta subunits of PI3K, phospholipaseC-gamma, Grb2, c-Src, Lck, SOCS-1, Nck2, RanBMP, C1-TEN and Axl ICD itself) (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006a; Braunger et al., 1997; Hafizi et al., 2002).

Axl is ubiquitously expressed at low levels and is detectable in a variety of organs (see, e.g., Rescigno et al., 1991). Expression patterns of the other two family members (Mer and Tyro3) differ from that of Axl. Expression of Tyro3 is predominantly in the brain and the CNS (see, e.g., Mark et al., 1994), and expression of Mer is almost exclusively in the monocyte cell lineage (see, e.g., Graham et al., 1994).

Overexpression of Axl has been demonstrated in numerous cancer cell lines (e.g., colon, gastric, breast, lung, AML, thyroid, ocular, prostate, ocular melanoma, ovarian, renal, and SCC) (see, e.g., Sainaghi et al., 2005; Sawaby et al., 2007; Vajkoczy et al., 2006; Meric et al., 2002; Shieh et al., 2005). This expression has been linked to the development of oncogenic cellular phenotype (see, e.g., Shieh et al., 2005). Overexpression of Axl has been linked to stage of disease and prognosis (see, e.g., Sawabu et al., 2007; Shieh et al., 2005; Sun et al., 2003; Green et al., 2006).

Modulation of Axl levels in vivo and in vitro demonstrates the involvement of Axl in the progression of a cancer phenotype. siRNA mediated silencing demonstrates that Axl is a regulator of multiple angiogenic behaviours in vitro and Axl knockdown reduces growth of breast carcinoma cell lines in a xenograft (see, e.g., Holland et al., 2005).

There is a need for additional and better therapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative conditions, such as cancer, etc., including, for example, additional and better therapeutic agents that inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.

[1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-a]Pyridines

WO 2008/025821 (Wilson—Cellzome), and its priority application, EP 1 894 931 (Wilson—Cellzome), were published in March 2008, after the priority date of this application. These documents describe certain compounds (Compounds (PP-012) to (PP-026)) which are the subject of provisos described herein.

WO 2003/010167 (Nettekoven—Hoffmann LaRoche), corresponding to U.S. Pat. No. 6,514,989 (Nettekoven), describes certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound that has a substituent corresponding to —R^(5A), the substituent that would correspond to —R^(8A) is a group —H or —OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

WO 2003/031445 (Nettekoven—Hoffmann LaRoche), corresponding to U.S. Pat. No. 6,693,116 (Nettekoven), describes certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to —R^(5A) is a group —OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

Nettekoven et al., 2003 (Nettekoven et al., 2003, Synthesis, Vol. 11, pp. 1649-1652) describes certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to —R^(8A) is a group —OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

WO 2006/038116 (Butler—Warner Lambert) describes certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the group what would correspond to —NH—W is a urea, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

[1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-c]Pyrimidines

U.S. Pat. No. 5,358,950 (Bru-Magniez) describes certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to —R^(5B) is a group methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

U.S. Pat. No. 3,046,276 (Miller), and its priority document, GB 897,870 (Miller—ICI Limited) describe certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to —R^(5B) is a group methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

WO 2005/018532 (Westman—Actar Ab.) describes certain 1H-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]quinazoline compounds (having a fused tricyclic core) which are not encompassed by the present definition of compounds.

U.S. Pat. No. 3,053,844 (Miller) and its priority document, GB 873,223 (Miller—ICI Limited) describe certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in all but one of the compounds, the substituent that would correspond to —R^(5B) is a group methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. In the one remaining compound (see col. 8, lines 34-35 of U.S. Pat. No. 3,053,844; Reg. No. 94267-11-5P), the substituent that would correspond to —R^(5B) is a group ethylthio (—SCH₂CH₃), which is permitted by the present definition of compounds; however, in that compound, the substituent that would correspond to —R^(WB2) is a group -Me, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

EP 0 132 851 (Paul—American Cyanamid), and the related journal article, Medwig et al., 1990 (Medwig et al., 1990, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 33(4), pp. 1230-1241), describe certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to —NH—W^(B) is a group which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. For the relevant amines (where —NH—W^(B) is —NH—R^(WB1)), the substituent that would correspond to —R^(WB1) is a group -Me, —CH₂CH(OH)CH₂Cl, or —CH₂C(═O)OEt, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. For the relevant amides (where —NH—W^(B) is —NH—C(═O)—R^(WB2)), the substituent that would correspond to —R^(WB2) is a group -Me or —CH₂-oxiranyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

One aspect of the invention pertains to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), as described herein.

Another aspect of the invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

Another aspect of the invention pertains to method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising the step of admixing a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a TAZ compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a proliferative condition.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of liquid tumour cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of hematological cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.

As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art, features and preferred embodiments of one aspect of the invention will also pertain to other aspect of the invention.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Compounds

One aspect of the present invention relates to certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidines (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as “triazolo compounds” or “TAZ compounds”) which are 2-amines or 2-amides.

In one especially preferred embodiment, the compounds are 2-amines.

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

wherein:

-   -   —X═ is independently —CR⁶═ or —N═;

and wherein:

-   -   if —X═ is —CR⁶═, then:         -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5A);         -   —R⁶ is independently —R^(6A);         -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7A);         -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8A); and         -   —W is independently —W^(A);     -   wherein:         -   —R^(5A) is independently -Q^(5A);         -   —R^(6A) is independently —H or -Q^(6A);         -   —R^(7A) is independently —H or -Q^(7A);         -   —R^(8A) is independently —H or -Q^(8A); and         -   —W^(A) is independently —R^(WA1) or —C(═O)R^(WA2);     -   if —X═ is —N═, then:         -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5B);         -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7B);         -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8B); and         -   —W is independently —W^(B);     -   wherein:         -   —R^(5B) is independently -Q^(5B);         -   —R^(7B) is independently —H or -Q^(7B);         -   —R^(8B) is independently —H or -Q^(8B); and         -   —W^(B) is independently —R^(WB1) or —C(═O)R^(B2).

Optional Provisos

It should be noted that the below-described provisos are relevant only in the context of definitions of the “amides” (where —W is —C(═O)R^(WA2) or —C(═O)R^(WB2)) and so the provisos may be disregarded in the context of definitions of the “amines” (where —W is —R^(WA1) or —R^(WB1)).

In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds, compositions, compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but with one or more optional provisos, as defined herein.

In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-011.

(Compounds PP-001 through PP-011 were obtained from a commercial source.)

Code No. Name and Reg. No. Structure PP-001 (WW-001) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid (5-phenyl- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide 1010119-14-8

PP-002 (WW-002) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(3- acetylamino-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide

PP-003 (WW-003) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid {5-[4-(4- methyl-piperazin-1- yl)-phenyl]- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide

PP-004 (WW-004) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(3-chloro- phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide 1010119-18-2

PP-005 (WW-005) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(4- methoxy-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide 1010119-20-6

PP-006 (WW-006) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(6- methoxy-pyridin-3- yl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide

PP-007 (WW-007) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(3-fluoro- phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide

PP-008 (WW-008) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(4- hydroxy-3,5- dimethyl-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide

PP-009 (WW-009) 4-[2- (Cyclopropanecarbo- nyl-amino)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-5-yl]-N-(2- dimethylamino- ethyl)-benzamide 1010119-29-5

PP-010 (WW-010) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(2,4- dimethoxy-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide

PP-011 (WW-011) Cyclopropanecarbox- ylic acid [5-(3- methanesulfonylami- no-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide 1010119-33-1

In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-011, and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.

In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without the above proviso.

For example, a reference to a particular group of compounds “without the recited proviso” (e.g., for use in therapy) is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso. In such cases, it is as if the indicated proviso has been deleted from the definition of compounds, and the definition has been expanded to encompass those compounds which otherwise would have been excluded by the indicated proviso.

In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-026.

(Compounds PP-012 through PP-026 are shown in WO 2008/025821 and/or EP 1 894 931, both published in March 2008, after the priority date of this application.)

Code No. Name & Reg. No. Structure PP-012 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5- (2-dimethylamino-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide 1010119-12-6

PP-013 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5- (3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide 1010119-13-7

PP-014 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5- (3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide 1010119-15-9

PP-015 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5- ((E)-styryl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide 1010119-17-1

PP-016 (WW-059) Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5- thiophen-3-yl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide 1010119-19-3

PP-017 3-Cyclohexyl-N-[5-(4-hydroxy- 3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- propionamide 1010119-21-7

PP-018 Cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (5- thiophen-3-yl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide 1010119-22-8

PP-019 Furan-2-carboxylic acid [5-(3- fluoro-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide 1010119-23-9

PP-020 Furan-2-carboxylic acid [5-(4- hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide 1010119-24-0

PP-021 3-Methoxy-N-(5-thiophen-3-yl- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)- propionamide 1010119-25-1

PP-022 4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl- amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-5-yl]-N-(2-hydroxy- ethyl)-benzamide 1010119-30-8

PP-023 (WW-056) Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5- furan-3-yl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide 1010119-31-9

PP-024 N-[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)- [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- 3-pyridin-3-yl-propionamide 1010119-32-0

PP-025 N-[6-(5-Methanesulfonyl-pyridin- 3-yl)-5-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide 1010120-43-0

PP-026 N-[6-(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-5- methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide 1010120-46-3

In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-026, and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.

In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without the above proviso.

For example, a reference to a particular group of compounds “without the recited proviso” (e.g., for use in therapy) is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso. In such cases, it is as if the indicated proviso has been deleted from the definition of compounds, and the definition has been expanded to encompass those compounds which otherwise would have been excluded by the indicated proviso.

“Amines” and “Amides”

In one embodiment (“amines”):

-   -   —W^(A) is independently —R^(WA1); and     -   —W^(B) is independently —R^(WB1).

In one embodiment (“amides”):

-   -   —W^(A) is independently —C(═O)R^(WA2); and     -   —W^(B) is independently —C(═O)R^(WB2).

The Group —X=

In one embodiment, —X═ is independently —CR⁶═ or —N═.

In one embodiment:

-   -   —X═ is independently —CR⁶═;     -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5A);     -   —R⁶ is independently —R^(6A);     -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7A);     -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8A); and     -   —W is independently —W^(A);

as in, for example:

In one embodiment:

-   -   —X═ is independently —N═;     -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5B);     -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7B);     -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8B); and     -   —W is independently —W^(B);

as in, for example:

The Group —W^(A)

In one embodiment, —W^(A) is independently —R^(WA1) or —C(═O)R^(A2).

In one embodiment, —W^(A) is independently —R^(WA1).

In one embodiment, —W^(A) is independently —C(═O)R^(WA2).

The Group —W^(B)

In one embodiment, —W^(B) is independently —R^(WB1) or —C(═O)R^(B2).

In one embodiment, —W^(B) is independently —R^(WB1).

In one embodiment, —W^(B) is independently —C(═O)R^(WB2).

Combinations of the Groups —X═ and —W

(A) In one embodiment:

-   -   —X═ is independently —CR⁶═;     -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5A);     -   —R⁶ is independently —R^(6A);     -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7A);     -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8A);     -   —W is independently —W^(A); and     -   —W^(A) is independently —R^(WA1);

as in, for example:

(B) In one embodiment:

-   -   —X═ is independently —N═;     -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5B);     -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7B);     -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8B);     -   —W is independently —W^(B); and     -   —W^(B) is independently —R^(WB1);

as in, for example:

(C) In one embodiment:

-   -   —X═ is independently —CR⁶═;     -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5A);     -   —R⁶ is independently —R^(6A);     -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7A);     -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8A);     -   —W is independently —W^(A); and     -   —W^(A) is independently —C(═O)R^(WA2);

as in, for example:

(D) In one embodiment:

-   -   —X═ is independently —N═;     -   —R⁵ is independently —R^(5B);     -   —R⁷ is independently —R^(7B);     -   —R⁸ is independently —R^(8B);     -   —W is independently —W^(B); and     -   —W^(B) is independently —C(═O)R^(WB2);

as in, for example:

The Group —R^(6A)

In one embodiment, —R^(6A), if present, is independently —H or -Q^(6A).

In one embodiment, —R^(6A), if present, is independently —H.

In one embodiment, —R^(6A), if present, is independently -Q^(6A).

The Group —R^(7A)

In one embodiment, —R^(7A) is independently —H or -Q^(7A).

In one embodiment, —R^(7A) is independently —H.

In one embodiment, —R^(7A) is independently -Q^(7A).

The Group —R^(8A)

In one embodiment, —R^(8A) is independently —H or -Q^(8A).

In one embodiment, —R^(8A) is independently —H.

In one embodiment, —R^(8A) is independently -Q^(8A).

The Group —R^(7B)

In one embodiment, —R^(7B) is independently —H or -Q^(7B).

In one embodiment, —R^(7B) is independently —H.

In one embodiment, —R^(7B) is independently -Q^(7B).

The Group —R^(8B)

In one embodiment, —R^(8B) is independently —H or -Q^(8B).

In one embodiment, —R^(8B) is independently —H.

In one embodiment, —R^(8B) is independently -Q^(8B).

The Group —R^(WA1)

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A2), —R^(1A3), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A5), —R^(1A6),         —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A5), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6),         -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or         -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or         -L^(1A)R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently —R^(1A7) or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently —R^(1A7).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA1), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for —R^(WA1) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Group —R^(WA2)

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A2), —R^(1A3), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A5), —R^(1A6),         —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), L^(1A)-R^(1A5), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6),         -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or         -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A1), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), or         -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently —R^(1A1), —R^(1A4), or —R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently —R^(1A1).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4) or —R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently —R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently -L^(1A)-R^(1A4).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WA2), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for —R^(WA2) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Group —R^(WB1)

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A2), —R^(1A3), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A5), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7),         —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A5), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or         -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8), or     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A4).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8), -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently —R^(1A7) or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently —R^(1A7).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB1), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for —R^(WB1) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Group —R^(WB2)

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A2), —R^(1A3), —R^(1A4), —R^(1A5), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7),         —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), L^(1A)-R^(1A5), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6),         -L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8).     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), -L^(1A)-R^(1A6), L^(1A)-R^(1A7), or         -L^(1A)-R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8),     -   -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), or —R^(1A8).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4), —R^(1A6), -L^(1A)-R^(1A4), or -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4) or —R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently —R^(1A4).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently —R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently -L^(1A)-R^(1A4) or -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently -L^(1A)-R^(1A4).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently -L^(1A)-R^(1A6).

In one embodiment, —R^(WB2), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for —R^(WB2) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Groups Associated with —R^(WA1), —R^(WA2), —R^(WB1), and —R^(WB2)

In one embodiment:

-   -   each —R^(1A1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₆alkyl;     -   each —R^(1A2) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkenyl;     -   each —R^(1A3) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkynyl;     -   each —R^(1A4) is independently saturated C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;     -   each —R^(1A5) is independently C₃₋₆cycloalkenyl;     -   each —R^(1A6) is independently non-aromatic C₃₋₈ heterocyclyl;     -   each —R^(1A7) is independently C₆₋₁₀carboaryl;     -   each —R^(1A8) is independently C₅₋₁₀heteroaryl;     -   each -L^(1A)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene;

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(1A4), —R^(1A5), —R^(1A6), —R^(1A7), and —R^(1A8) is         optionally substituted, for example, with one or more         substituents —R^(1B1) and/or one or more substituents —R^(1B2),         and     -   each —R^(1A1), —R^(1A2), —R^(1A3), and -L^(1A)-is optionally         substituted, for example, with one or more substituents         —R^(1B2),

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(1B1) is independently:         -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D2), —R^(1D3), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D5), —R^(1D6),             —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8),         -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), -L^(1D)-R^(1D5), -L^(1D)-R^(1D6),             L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or -L^(1D)-R^(1D8);     -   each —R^(1B2) is independently:         -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,         -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,         -   —OH, -L^(1C)-OH, —O-L^(1C)-OH,         -   —OR^(1C1), -L^(1C)-OR^(1C1), —O-L^(1C)-OR^(1C1),         -   —SH, —SR^(1C1),         -   —CN,         -   —NO₂,         -   —NH₂, —NHR^(1C1), —NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   -L^(1C)-NH₂, -L^(1C)-NHR^(1C1), -L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂,             -L^(1C)-NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   —O-L^(1C)-NH₂, —O-L^(1C)-NHR^(1C1), —O-L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂,             —O-L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂R^(1C3),         -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(1C1),         -   —C(═O)R^(1C1),         -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(1C1), —C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂,             —C(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   —NHC(═O)R^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)C(═O)R^(1C1),         -   —NHC(═O)OR^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)C(═O)OR^(1C1),         -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(1C1), —OC(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂,             —OC(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(1C),         -   —NHC(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NHR^(1C1),         -   —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(1C),         -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(1C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(1C1) ₂,             —S(═O)₂NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),         -   —S(═O)R^(1C1), —S(═O)₂R^(1C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(1C1), or             —S(═O)₂OR^(1C1);

wherein:

-   -   each -L^(1C)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₅alkylene;     -   in each group —NR^(1C2)R^(1C3), —R^(1C2) and R^(1C3), taken         together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form         a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1         ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of         said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said         exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O;     -   each —R^(1C1) is independently:         -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D2), —R^(1D3), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D5), —R^(1D6),             —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8)         -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), -L^(1D)-R^(1D5), -L^(1D)-R^(1D6),             L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or -L^(1D)-R^(1D8);     -   each —R^(1D1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₆alkyl;     -   each —R^(1D2) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkenyl;     -   each —R^(1D3) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkynyl;     -   each —R^(1D4) is independently saturated C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;     -   each —R^(1D5) is independently C₃₋₆cycloalkenyl;     -   each —R^(1D6) is independently non-aromatic C₃-8heterocyclyl;     -   each —R^(1D7) is independently C₆₋₁₀carboaryl;     -   each —R^(1D8) is independently C₅₋₁₀heteroaryl;     -   each -L^(1D)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene;

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(1D4), —R^(1D5), —R^(1D6), —R^(1D7), and —R^(1D8) is         optionally substituted, for example, with one or more         substituents —R^(1E1) and/or one or more substituents —R^(1E2),     -   each —R^(1D1), —R^(1D2), —R^(1D3), and -L^(1D)-is optionally         substituted, for example, with one or more substituents         —R^(1E2), and

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(1E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl,         phenyl, or benzyl;     -   each —R^(1E2) is independently:         -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,         -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,         -   —OH, -L^(1F)-OH, —O-L^(1F)-OH,         -   —OR^(1F1), -L^(1F)-OR^(1F1), —O-L^(1F)-OR^(1F1),         -   —SH, —SR^(1F1),         -   —CN,         -   —NO₂,         -   —NH₂, —NHR^(1F1), NR^(1F2), —NR^(1F2)R^(1F3),         -   -L^(1F)-NH₂, -L^(1F)-NHR^(1F1), -L^(1F)-NR^(1F1) ₂,             -L^(1F)-NR^(1F2)R^(1F3),         -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(1F1),         -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(1F1), —C(═O)NR^(1F2), or             —C(═O)NR^(1F2)R^(1F3);

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(1F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl,         phenyl, or benzyl;     -   each -L^(1F)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₅alkylene;         and     -   in each group —NR^(1F2)R^(1F3), —R^(1F2) and R^(1F3), taken         together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form         a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1         ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of         said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said         exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.

In one embodiment, each -L^(1A)-, if present, is independently —CH₂—.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A1), if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A4), if present, is independently saturated C₃₋₅cycloalkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A4), if present, is independently saturated C₃cycloalkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A6), if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A6), if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each —R^(1X) is independently —R^(1B1) or —R^(1B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each —R^(1X) is independently —R^(1B1) or —R^(1B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each —R^(1X) is independently —R^(1B1) or —R^(1B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each —R^(1X) is independently —R^(1B1) or —R^(1B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each —R^(1X) is independently —R^(1B1) or —R^(1B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently C₅₋₆heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently pyridyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently pyrid-3-yl or pyrid-4-yl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each —R^(1X) is independently —R^(1B1) or —R^(1B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently C₉₋₁₀heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1A8), if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1B1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D2), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D6)     -   L^(1D)-R^(1D4), or -L^(1D)-R^(1D6),

In one embodiment, each —R^(1B1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D4), —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8),     -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), -L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or -L^(1D)R^(1D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1B1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8), -L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or -L^(1D)-R^(1D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1B1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D2), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8),     -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), -L^(1D)-R^(1D6)-L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or         -L^(1D)-R^(1D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1B2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —OCF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(1C)-OH, —O-L^(1C)-OH,     -   —OR^(1C1), -L^(1C)-OR^(1C1), —O-L^(1C)-OR^(1C1),     -   —SR^(1C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(1C1), —NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   -L^(1C)-NH₂, -L^(1C)-NHR^(1C1), -L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂,         -L^(1C)-NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —O-L^(1C)-NH₂, —O-L^(1C)-NHR^(1C1), —O-L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂,         —O-L^(1C)-NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —C(═O)OR^(1C),     -   —C(═O)R^(1C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(1C1), —C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)C(═O)R^(1C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(1C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NHR^(1C1),     -   —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(1C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(1C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(1C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(1C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(1C1).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1B2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(1C)-OH, —O-L^(1C)-OH,     -   —OR^(1C1), -L^(1C)-OR^(1C1), —O-L^(1C)-OR^(1C1),     -   —SR^(1C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(1C1), —NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   -L^(1C)-NH₂, -L^(1C)-NHR^(1C1), -L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂,         -L^(1C)-NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —O-L^(1C)-NH₂, —O-L^(1C)-NHR^(1C1), —O-L^(1C)-NR^(1C1) ₂,         —O-L^(1C)-NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(1C1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(1C1), —C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂R^(1C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)C(═O)R^(1C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(1C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂R^(1C3),     -   —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NHR^(1C1),     -   —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(1C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂R^(1C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(1C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(1C),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(1C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(1C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(1C2)R^(1C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(1C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(1C1).

In one embodiment, each -L^(1C) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(1C2)R^(1C3) is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(1C2)R^(1C3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D6),     -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), or -L^(1D)-R^(1D6).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D6), —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8),     -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), -L^(1D)-R^(1D6), -L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or         -L^(1D)R^(1D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D4), —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8),     -   -L^(1D)-R^(1D4), -L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or -L^(1D)R^(1D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(1D1), —R^(1D7), —R^(1D8), L^(1D)-R^(1D7), or         -L^(1D)-R^(1D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently —R^(1D1), —R^(1D7), or -L^(1D)-R^(1D7).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently —R^(1D7) or -L^(1D)-R^(1D7).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1C1) is independently —R^(1D1).

In one embodiment, each -L^(1D)-, if present, is independently —CH₂—.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D1), if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D4), if present, is independently saturated C₅₋₆cycloalkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D6), if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D6), if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D7), if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D7), if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D8), if present, is independently C₅₋₆heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D8), if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D8), if present, is independently C₉₋₁₀heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1D8), if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(1E2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl, —Br,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(1F)-OH, —O-L^(1F)-OH,     -   —OR^(1F1), -L^(1F)-OR^(1F1), —O-L^(1F)-OR^(1F1),     -   —SR^(1F1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(1F1), NR^(1F1) ₂, —NR^(1F2)R^(1F3),     -   -L^(1F)-NH₂, -L^(1F)-NHR^(1F1), -L^(1F)-NR^(1F1) ₂,         -L^(1F)-NR^(1F2)R^(1F3),     -   —C(═O)OR^(1F1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(1F1), —C(═O)NR^(1F1) ₂, or —C(═O)NR^(1F2)R^(1F3).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1E2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —CN,     -   —OH, -L^(1F)-OH, —O-L^(1F)-OH,     -   —OR^(1F1)-L^(1F)-OR^(1F1), —O-L^(1F)-OR^(1F1),     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(1F1), NR^(1F2), —NR^(1F2)R^(1F3),     -   -L^(1F)-NH₂, -L^(1F)-NHR^(1F1), -L^(1F)-NR^(1F1) ₂,         -L^(1F)-NR^(1F2)R^(1F3),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(1F1), —C(═O)NR^(1F1) ₂, or —C(═O)NR^(1F2)R^(1F3).

In one embodiment, each —R^(1F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl.

In one embodiment, each -L^(1F) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(1F2)R^(1F3) is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(1F2)R^(1F3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

The Group -Q^(5A)

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8).     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8).     -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,     -   —OCF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —O—R^(2D4), —O—R^(2D6), —O—R^(2D7), —O—R^(2D8),     -   —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D4), —O-L^(2D)R^(2D6), —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D7),         —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D8),     -   —SH, —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)OR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(2C1), —OC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —OC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), —S(═O)₂R^(2C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(2C1), or         —S(═O)₂OR^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently:

-   -   R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —O—R^(2D4), —O—R^(2D6), —O—R^(2D7), —O—R^(2D8),     -   —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D4), —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D6), —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D7),         —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D8),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently:

-   -   R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —O—R^(2D4), —O—R^(2D6), —O—R^(2D7), —O—R^(2D8),     -   —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D4), —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D6), —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D7),         —O-L^(2D)-R^(2D8),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂, -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1),

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently:

-   -   R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂, -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently:

-   -   R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NHR², -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂, -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), or —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently —R^(2A7) or —R^(2A8).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently —R^(2A7).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently —R^(2A8).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5A), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(5A) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Group -Q^(8A)

In one embodiment, -Q^(8A), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SH, —SR^(2C1),     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)OR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(2C1), —OC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —OC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), —S(═O)₂R^(2C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(2C1), or         —S(═O)₂OR^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(8A), if present, is independently:

-   -   R^(2A1), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A8),     -   L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O) R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(8A), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A4),     -   —F, —Cl,     -   —NO₂,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂, or         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3).

In one embodiment, -Q^(8A), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(8A) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Group -Q^(5B)

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A7),         —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,     -   —OCF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SH, —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)OR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(2C1), —OC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —OC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), —S(═O)₂R^(2C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(2C1), or         —S(═O)₂OR^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A7),         —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A7),         —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A7),         —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), or —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently —R^(2A7) or —R^(2A8).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently —R^(2A7).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently —R^(2A8).

In one embodiment, -Q^(5B), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(5B) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Group -Q^(8B)

In one embodiment, -Q^(8B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,     -   —OCF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SH, —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)OR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(2C1), —OC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —OC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), —S(═O)₂R^(2C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(2C1), or         —S(═O)₂OR^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(8B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —ON,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O) R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, -Q^(8B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A8).     -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂, or         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3).

In one embodiment, -Q^(8B), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(8B) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Groups -Q^(6A), -Q^(7A), and -Q^(7B)

In one embodiment, each of -Q^(6A), -Q^(7A), and -Q^(7B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SH, —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —C(═O) R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)OR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(2C1), —OC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —OC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), —S(═O)₂R^(2C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(2C1), or         —S(═O)₂OR^(2C1).

In one embodiment, each of -Q^(6A), Q^(7A) and -Q^(7B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6),         —R^(2A7), —R^(2A8),     -   -L^(2A)-R^(2A4), -L^(2A)-R^(2A5), -L^(2A)-R^(2A6),         -L^(2A)-R^(2A7), -L^(2A)-R^(1A8),     -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(1C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(1C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂, —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, each of -Q^(6A), -Q^(7A), and -Q^(7B), if present, is independently:

-   -   —R^(2A1), —R^(2A4), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A8),     -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂, or         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),

In one embodiment, -Q^(6A), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(6A) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

In one embodiment, -Q^(7A), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(7A) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

In one embodiment, -Q^(7B), if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q^(7B) in the compounds shown below under the heading “Examples of Specific Embodiments”.

The Groups Associated with -Q^(5A), -Q^(5B), -Q^(6A), -Q^(7A), -Q^(7B), -Q^(8A), and -Q^(8B)

In one embodiment:

-   -   each —R^(2A1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₆alkyl;     -   each —R^(2A2) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkenyl;     -   each —R^(2A3) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkynyl;     -   each —R^(2A4) is independently saturated C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;     -   each —R^(2A5) is independently C₃₋₆cycloalkenyl;     -   each —R^(2A6) is independently non-aromatic C₃₋₈heterocyclyl;     -   each —R^(2A7) is independently C₆₋₁₀carboaryl;     -   each —R^(2A8) is independently C₅₋₁₀heteroaryl;     -   each -L^(2A)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene;

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(2A4), —R^(2A5), —R^(2A6), —R^(2A7), and —R^(2A8) is         optionally substituted, for example, with one or more         substituents —R^(2B1) and/or one or more substituents —R^(2B2),         and     -   each —R^(2A1), —R^(2A2), —R^(2A3), and -L^(2A)-is optionally         substituted, for example, with one or more substituents         —R^(2B2),

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(2B1) is independently:         -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D2), —R^(2D3), —R^(2D4), —R^(2D5), —R^(2D6),             —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8),         -   -L^(2D)-R^(2D4), -L^(2D)-R^(2D5), -L^(2D)-R^(2D6),             -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or -L^(2D)-R^(2D8);     -   each —R^(2B2) is independently:         -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,         -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,         -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,         -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),         -   —SH, —SR^(2C1),         -   —CN,         -   —NO₂,         -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,             -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,             —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2C1),         -   —C(═O) R^(2C1),         -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,             —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),         -   —NHC(═O)OR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)OR^(2C1),         -   —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(2C1), —OC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,             —OC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1)         -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),         -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),         -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,             —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),         -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), —S(═O)₂R^(2C1), —OS(═O)₂R^(2C1), or             —S(═O)₂OR^(2C1);

wherein:

-   -   each -L^(2C)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₅alkylene;     -   in each group —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3), —R^(2C2) and R^(2C3), taken         together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form         a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1         ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of         said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said         exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O;     -   each —R^(2C1) is independently:         -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D2), —R^(2D3), —R^(2D4), —R^(2D5), —R^(2D6),             —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8),         -   -L^(2D)-R^(2D4), -L^(2D)-R^(2D5), -L^(2D)-R^(2D6),             -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or -L^(2D)-R^(2D8);     -   each —R^(2D)1 is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₆alkyl;     -   each —R^(2D2) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkenyl;     -   each —R^(2D3) is independently aliphatic C₂₋₆alkynyl;     -   each —R^(2D4) is independently saturated C₃₋₆cycloalkyl;     -   each —R^(2D5) is independently C₃₋₆cycloalkenyl;     -   each —R^(2D6) is independently non-aromatic C₃₋₈heterocyclyl;     -   each —R^(2D7) is independently C₆₋₁₀carboaryl;     -   each —R^(2D8) is independently C₅₋₁₀heteroaryl;     -   each -L^(2D)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene;

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(2D4), —R^(2D5), —R^(2D6), —R^(2D7), and —R^(2D8) is         optionally substituted, for example, with one or more         substituents —R^(2E1) and/or one or more substituents —R^(2E2)     -   each —R^(2D1), —R^(2D2), —R^(2D3), and -L^(2D)-is optionally         substituted, for example, with one or more substituents         —R^(2E2), and

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(2E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl,         phenyl, or benzyl;     -   each —R^(2E2) is independently:         -   —F, —Cl, —Br, —I,         -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,         -   —OH, -L^(2F)-OH, —O-L^(2F)-OH,         -   —OR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —O-L^(2F)-OR^(2F1),         -   —SH, —SR^(2F1),         -   —CN,         -   —NO₂,         -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2F1), —NR^(2F1) ₂, —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3),         -   -L^(2F)-NH₂, -L^(2F)-NHR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-NR^(2F1) ₂,             -L^(2F)-NR^(2F2)R^(2F3),         -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2F1),         -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2F1), —C(═O)NR^(2F1) ₂, or             —C(═O)NR^(2F2)R^(2F3);

wherein:

-   -   each —R^(2F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl,         phenyl, or benzyl;     -   each -L^(2F)-is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₅alkylene;         and     -   in each group —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), —R^(2F2) and R^(2F3), taken         together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form         a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1         ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of         said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said         exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.

In one embodiment, each -L^(2A)-, if present, is independently —CH₂—.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A1), if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A4), if present, is independently saturated C₅₋₆cycloalkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A6), if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A6), if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A7), if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A7), if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each —R^(2X) is independently —R^(2B1) or —R^(2B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each —R^(2X) is independently —R^(2B1) or —R^(2B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A7), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each —R^(2X) is independently —R^(2B1) or —R^(2B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently C₅₋₆heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently pyrazolyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently pyrazol-4-yl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each —R^(2X) is independently —R^(2B1) or —R^(2B2):

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently C₉₋₁₀heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, benzopyridazinyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepin-7-yl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl; and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2A8), if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2B1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D2), —R^(2D4), —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8),     -   -L^(2D)-R^(2D4), -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or -L^(2D)-R^(2D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2B1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8), -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or         -L^(2D)-R^(2D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2B2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)OH, —C(═O)OR^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂,         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR^(2C) C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2B2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2C)-OH, —O-L^(2C)-OH,     -   —OR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-OR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-OR^(2C1),     -   —SR^(2C1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2C1), —NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   -L^(2C)-NH₂, -L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), -L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         -L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —O-L^(2C)-NH₂, —O-L^(2C)-NHR^(2C1), —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C1) ₂,         —O-L^(2C)-NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2C1), —C(═O)NR^(2C2),         —C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHC(═O)R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)C(═O)R^(2C1),     -   —NHC(═O)NH₂, —NHC(═O)NHR^(2C),     -   —NHC(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NHC(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NH₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NHR^(2C1),     -   —NR²¹C(═O)NR^(2C1) ₂, —NR^(2C1)C(═O)NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —NHS(═O)₂R^(2C1), —NR^(2C1)S(═O)₂R^(2C1),     -   —S(═O)₂NH₂, —S(═O)₂NHR^(2C1), —S(═O)₂NR^(2C1) ₂,         —S(═O)₂NR^(2C2)R^(2C3),     -   —S(═O)R^(2C1), or —S(═O)₂R^(2C1).

In one embodiment, each -L^(2C) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3) is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(2C2)R^(2C3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D4), —R^(2D6), —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8),     -   -L^(2D)-R^(2D4), -L^(2D)-R^(2D6), -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or         -L^(2D)-R^(2D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D4), —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8),     -   -L^(2D)-R^(2D4), -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or -L^(2D)-R^(2D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2C1) is independently:

-   -   —R^(2D1), —R^(2D7), —R^(2D8), -L^(2D)-R^(2D7), or         -L^(2D)-R^(2D8).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2C1) is independently —R^(2D1), —R^(2D7), or -L^(2D)-R^(2D7).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2C1) is independently —R^(2D7), or -L^(2D)-R^(2D7).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2C1) is independently —R^(2D1).

In one embodiment, each -L^(2D)-, if present, is independently —CH₂—.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D1), if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D4), if present, is independently saturated C₅₋₆cycloalkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D6), if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D6), if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D7), if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D7), if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D8), if present, is independently C₅₋₆heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D8), if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D8), if present, is independently C₉₋₁₀heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2D8), if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl.

In one embodiment, each —R^(2E2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2F)-OH, —O-L^(2F)-OH,     -   —OR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —O-L^(2F)-OR^(2F1),     -   —SR^(2F1),     -   —CN,     -   —NO₂,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2F1), —NR^(2F1) ₂, —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3),     -   -L^(2F)-NH₂, -L^(2F)-NHR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-NR^(2F1) ₂,         -L^(2F)-NR^(2F2)R^(2F3),     -   —C(═O)OR^(2F1),     -   —C(═O)NH₂, —C(═O)NHR^(2F1), —C(═O)NR^(2F1) ₂, or         —C(═O)NR^(2F2)R^(2F3).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2E2) is independently:

-   -   —F, —Cl,     -   —CF₃, —OCF₃,     -   —OH, -L^(2F)-OH, —O-L^(2F)-OH,     -   —OR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —O-L^(2F)-OR^(2F1),     -   —CN,     -   —NH₂, —NHR^(2F1), —NR^(2F1) ₂, —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3),     -   -L^(2F)-NH₂, -L^(2F)-NHR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-NR^(2F1) ₂,         -L^(2F)-NR^(2F2)R^(2F3),     -   —C(═O)NHR^(2F1), —C(═O)NR^(2F1) ₂, or —C(═O)NR^(2F2)R^(2F3).

In one embodiment, each —R^(2F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl.

In one embodiment, each -L^(2F) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3) is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

In one embodiment, each —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.

Some Especially Preferred Compounds

In one especially preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from compounds of the following formulae, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

wherein:

-   -   —R^(5A) is independently -Q^(5A);     -   —R^(6A) is independently —H;     -   —R^(7A) is independently —H;     -   —R^(8A) is independently —H;     -   —R^(5B) is independently -Q^(5B);     -   —R^(7B) is independently —H;     -   —R^(8B) is independently —H;     -   —R^(WA1) is independently —R^(1A7) or —R^(1A8);     -   —R^(WB1) is independently —R^(1A7) or —R^(1A8);     -   -Q^(5A) is independently —R^(2A7) or —R^(2A8); and     -   -Q^(5B) is independently —R^(2A7) or —R^(2A8);     -   wherein each —R^(1A7), —R^(1A8), —R^(2A7), and —R^(2A8) is as         defined herein.

In one embodiment, additionally:

-   -   —R^(WA1) is independently —R^(1A7); and     -   —R^(WB1) is independently —R^(1A7).

In one embodiment, additionally:

-   -   —R^(WA1) is independently —R^(1A7);     -   —R^(WB1) is independently —R^(1A7);     -   -Q^(5A) is independently —R^(2A7); and     -   -Q^(5B) is independently —R^(2A7).

Molecular Weight

In one embodiment, the BA compound has a molecular weight of from 174 to 1200.

In one embodiment, the bottom of range is from 180, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, or 350.

In one embodiment, the top of range is 1100, 1000, 900, 800, 700, or 600.

In one embodiment, the range is 180 to 600.

Combinations

Each and every compatible combination of the embodiments described above is explicitly disclosed herein, as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited.

Examples of Specific Embodiments

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 1 WW-001

2 WW-002

3 WW-003

4 WW-004

5 WW-005

6 WW-006

7 WW-007

8 WW-008

9 WW-009

10 WW-010

11 WW-011

12 WW-012

13 WW-013

14 WW-014

15 WW-015

16 WW-016

17 WW-017

18 WW-018

19 WW-019

20 WW-020

21 WW-021

22 WW-022

23 WW-023

24 WW-024

25 WW-025

26 WW-026

27 WW-027

28 WW-028

29 WW-029

30 WW-030

31 WW-031

32 WW-032

33 WW-033

34 WW-034

35 WW-035

36 WW-036

37 WW-037

38 WW-038

39 WW-039

40 WW-040

41 WW-041

42 WW-042

43 WW-043

44 WW-044

45 WW-045

46 WW-046

47 WW-047

48 WW-048

49 WW-049

50 WW-050

51 WW-051

52 WW-052

53 WW-053

54 WW-054

55 WW-055

56 WW-056

57 WW-057

58 WW-058

59 WW-059

60 WW-060

61 WW-061

62 WW-062

63 WW-063

64 WW-064

65 WW-065

66 WW-066

67 WW-067

68 WW-068

69 WW-069

70 WW-070

71 WW-071

72 WW-072

73 WW-073

74 WW-074

75 WW-075

76 WW-076

77 WW-077

78 WW-078

79 WW-079

80 WW-080

81 WW-081

82 WW-082

83 WW-083

84 WW-084

85 WW-085

86 WW-086

87 WW-087

88 WW-088

89 WW-089

90 WW-090

91 WW-091

92 WW-092

93 WW-093

94 WW-094

95 WW-095

96 WW-096

97 WW-097

98 WW-098

99 WW-099

100 WW-100

101 WW-101

102 WW-102

103 WW-103

104 WW-104

105 WW-105

106 WW-106

107 WW-107

108 WW-108

109 WW-109

110 WW-110

111 WW-111

112 WW-112

113 WW-113

114 WW-114

115 WW-115

116 WW-116

117 WW-117

118 WW-118

119 WW-119

120 WW-120

121 WW-121

122 WW-122

123 WW-123

124 WW-124

125 WW-125

126 WW-126

127 WW-127

128 WW-128

129 WW-129

130 WW-130

131 WW-131

132 WW-132

133 WW-133

134 WW-134

135 WW-135

136 WW-136

137 WW-137

138 WW-138

139 WW-139

140 WW-140

141 WW-141

142 WW-142

143 WW-143

144 WW-144

145 WW-145

146 WW-146

147 WW-147

148 WW-148

149 WW-149

150 WW-150

151 WW-151

152 WW-152

153 WW-153

154 WW-154

155 WW-155

156 WW-156

157 WW-157

158 WW-158

159 WW-159

160 WW-160

161 WW-161

162 WW-162

163 WW-163

164 WW-164

165 WW-165

166 WW-166

167 WW-167

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 168 WW-168

169 WW-169

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 170 XX-001

171 XX-002

172 XX-003

173 XX-004

174 XX-005

175 XX-006

176 XX-007

177 XX-008

178 XX-009

179 XX-010

180 XX-011

181 XX-012

182 XX-013

183 XX-014

184 XX-015

185 XX-016

186 XX-017

187 XX-018

188 XX-019

189 XX-020

190 XX-021

191 XX-022

192 XX-023

193 XX-024

194 XX-025

195 XX-026

196 XX-027

197 XX-028

198 XX-029

199 XX-030

200 XX-031

201 XX-032

202 XX-033

203 XX-034

204 XX-035

205 XX-036

206 XX-037

207 XX-038

208 XX-039

209 XX-040

210 XX-041

211 XX-042

212 XX-043

213 XX-044

214 XX-045

215 XX-046

216 XX-047

217 XX-048

218 XX-049

219 XX-050

220 XX-051

221 XX-052

222 XX-053

223 XX-054

224 XX-055

225 XX-056

226 XX-057

227 XX-058

228 XX-059

229 XX-060

230 XX-061

231 XX-062

232 XX-063

233 XX-064

234 XX-065

235 XX-066

236 XX-067

237 XX-068

238 XX-069

239 XX-070

240 XX-071

241 XX-072

242 XX-073

243 XX-074

244 XX-075

245 XX-076

246 XX-077

247 XX-078

248 XX-079

249 XX-080

250 XX-081

251 XX-082

252 XX-083

253 XX-084

254 XX-085

255 XX-086

256 XX-087

257 XX-088

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 258 XX-089

259 XX-090

260 XX-091

261 XX-092

262 XX-093

263 XX-094

264 XX-095

265 XX-096

266 XX-097

267 XX-098

268 XX-099

269 XX-100

270 XX-101

271 XX-102

272 XX-103

273 XX-104

274 XX-105

275 XX-106

276 XX-107

277 XX-108

278 XX-109

279 XX-110

280 XX-111

281 XX-112

282 XX-113

283 XX-114

284 XX-115

285 XX-116

286 XX-117

287 XX-118

288 XX-119

289 XX-120

290 XX-121

291 XX-122

292 XX-123

293 XX-124

294 XX-125

295 XX-126

296 XX-127

297 XX-128

298 XX-129

299 XX-130

300 XX-131

301 XX-132

302 XX-133

303 XX-134

304 XX-135

305 XX-136

306 XX-137

307 XX-138

308 XX-139

309 XX-140

310 XX-141

311 XX-142

312 XX-143

313 XX-144

314 XX-145

315 XX-146

316 XX-147

317 XX-148

318 XX-149

319 XX-150

320 XX-151

321 XX-152

322 XX-153

323 XX-154

324 XX-155

325 XX-156

326 XX-157

327 XX-158

328 XX-159

329 XX-160

330 XX-161

331 XX-162

332 XX-163

333 XX-164

334 XX-165

335 XX-166

336 XX-167

337 XX-168

338 XX-169

339 XX-170

340 XX-171

341 XX-172

342 XX-173

343 XX-174

344 XX-175

345 XX-176

346 XX-177

347 XX-178

348 XX-179

349 XX-180

350 XX-181

351 XX-182

352 XX-183

353 XX-184

354 XX-185

355 XX-186

356 XX-187

357 XX-188

358 XX-189

359 XX-190

360 XX-191

361 XX-192

362 XX-193

363 XX-194

364 XX-195

365 XX-196

366 XX-197

367 XX-198

368 XX-199

369 XX-200

370 XX-201

371 XX-202

372 XX-203

373 XX-204

374 XX-205

375 XX-206

376 XX-207

377 XX-208

378 XX-209

379 XX-210

380 XX-211

381 XX-212

382 XX-213

383 XX-214

384 XX-215

385 XX-216

386 XX-217

387 XX-218

388 XX-219

389 XX-220

390 XX-221

391 XX-222

392 XX-223

393 XX-224

394 XX-225

395 XX-226

396 XX-227

397 XX-228

398 XX-229

399 XX-230

400 XX-231

401 XX-232

402 XX-233

403 XX-234

404 XX-235

405 XX-236

406 XX-237

407 XX-238

408 XX-239

409 XX-240

410 XX-241

411 XX-242

412 XX-243

413 XX-244

414 XX-245

415 XX-246

416 XX-247

417 XX-248

418 XX-249

419 XX-250

420 XX-251

421 XX-252

422 XX-253

423 XX-254

424 XX-255

425 XX-256

426 XX-257

427 XX-258

428 XX-259

429 XX-260

430 XX-261

431 XX-262

432 XX-263

433 XX-264

434 XX-265

435 XX-266

436 XX-267

437 XX-268

438 XX-269

439 XX-270

440 XX-271

441 XX-272

442 XX-273

443 XX-274

444 XX-275

445 XX-276

446 XX-277

447 XX-278

448 XX-279

449 XX-280

450 XX-281

451 XX-282

452 XX-283

453 XX-284

454 XX-285

455 XX-286

456 XX-287

457 XX-288

458 XX-289

459 XX-290

460 XX-291

461 XX-292

462 XX-293

463 XX-294

464 XX-295

465 XX-296

466 XX-297

467 XX-298

468 XX-299

469 XX-300

470 XX-301

471 XX-302

472 XX-303

473 XX-304

474 XX-305

475 XX-306

476 XX-307

477 XX-308

478 XX-309

479 XX-310

480 XX-311

481 XX-312

482 XX-313

483 XX-314

484 XX-315

485 XX-316

486 XX-317

487 XX-318

488 XX-319

489 XX-320

490 XX-321

491 XX-322

492 XX-323

493 XX-324

494 XX-325

495 XX-326

496 XX-327

497 XX-328

498 XX-329

499 XX-330

500 XX-331

501 XX-332

502 XX-333

503 XX-334

504 XX-335

505 XX-336

506 XX-337

507 XX-338

508 XX-339

509 XX-340

510 XX-341

511 XX-342

512 XX-343

513 XX-344

514 XX-345

515 XX-346

516 XX-347

517 XX-348

518 XX-349

519 XX-350

520 XX-351

521 XX-352

522 XX-353

523 XX-354

524 XX-355

525 XX-356

526 XX-357

527 XX-358

528 XX-359

529 XX-360

530 XX-361

531 XX-362

532 XX-363

533 XX-364

534 XX-365

535 XX-366

536 XX-367

537 XX-368

538 XX-369

539 XX-370

540 XX-371

541 XX-372

542 XX-373

543 XX-374

544 XX-375

545 XX-376

546 XX-377

547 XX-378

548 XX-379

549 XX-380

550 XX-381

551 XX-382

552 XX-383

553 XX-384

554 XX-385

555 XX-386

556 XX-387

557 XX-388

558 XX-389

559 XX-390

560 XX-391

561 XX-392

562 XX-393

563 XX-394

564 XX-395

565 XX-396

566 XX-397

567 XX-398

568 XX-399

569 XX-400

570 XX-401

571 XX-402

572 XX-403

573 XX-404

574 XX-405

575 XX-406

576 XX-407

577 XX-408

578 XX-409

579 XX-410

580 XX-411

581 XX-412

582 XX-413

583 XX-414

584 XX-415

585 XX-416

586 XX-417

587 XX-418

588 XX-419

589 XX-420

590 XX-421

591 XX-422

592 XX-423

593 XX-424

594 XX-425

595 XX-426

596 XX-427

597 XX-428

598 XX-429

599 XX-430

600 XX-431

601 XX-432

602 XX-433

603 XX-434

604 XX-435

605 XX-436

606 XX-437

607 XX-438

608 XX-439

609 XX-440

610 XX-441

611 XX-442

612 XX-443

613 XX-444

614 XX-445

615 XX-446

616 XX-447

617 XX-448

618 XX-449

619 XX-450

620 XX-451

621 XX-452

622 XX-453

623 XX-454

624 XX-455

625 XX-456

626 XX-457

627 XX-458

628 XX-459

629 XX-460

630 XX-461

631 XX-462

632 XX-463

633 XX-464

634 XX-465

635 XX-466

636 XX-467

637 XX-468

638 XX-469

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 639 YY-001

640 YY-002

641 YY-003

642 YY-004

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 643 YY-005

644 YY-006

645 YY-007

646 YY-008

647 YY-009

648 YY-010

649 YY-011

650 YY-012

651 YY-013

652 YY-014

653 YY-015

654 YY-016

In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:

No. Code Structure 655 ZZ-001

656 ZZ-002

657 ZZ-003

Substantially Purified Forms

One aspect of the present invention pertains to TAZ compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.

In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.

Unless specified, the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form. For example, in one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate). In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.

In one embodiment, the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.

Unless specified, the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.

In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.

Isomers

Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r-forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (−) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as “isomers” (or “isomeric forms”).

Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term “isomers,” as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, —OCH₃, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, —CH₂OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C₁₋₇alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).

The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.

Note that specifically included in the term “isomer” are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including ¹H, ²H (D), and ³H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including ¹²C, ¹³C, and ¹⁴C; O may be in any isotopic form, including ¹⁶O and ¹⁸O; and the like.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.

Salts

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.

For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., —COOH may be —COO—), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca²⁺ and Mg²⁺, and other cations such as Al⁺³. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH₄ ⁺) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH₃R⁺, NH₂R₂ ⁺, NHR₃ ⁺, NR₄ ⁺). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH₃)₄ ⁺.

If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., —NH₂ may be —NH₃ ⁺), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.

Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof.

Hydrates and Solvates

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding hydrate or solvate of the compound. The term “solvate” is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.

Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.

Chemically Protected Forms

It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in a chemically protected form. The term “chemically protected form” is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like). In practice, well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions. In a chemically protected form, one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 4th Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 2006).

A wide variety of such “protecting,” “blocking,” or “masking” methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis. For example, a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups, both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups “protected,” and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group. After the desired reaction (involving the other functional group) is complete, the protected group may be “deprotected” to return it to its original functionality.

For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (—OR) or an ester (—OC(═O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl (diphenylmethyl), or trityl (triphenylmethyl) ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (—OC(═O)CH₃, —OAc).

For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R—CH(OR)₂) or ketal (R₂C(OR)₂), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C═O) is converted to a diether (>C(OR)₂), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.

For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (—NRCO—R) or a urethane (—NRCO—OR), for example, as: a methyl amide (—NHCO—CH₃); a benzyloxy amide (—NHCO—OCH₂C₆H₅, —NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH₃)₃, —NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (—NHCO—OC(CH₃)₂C₆H₄C₆H₅, —NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (—NH—Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (—NH—Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (—NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (—NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (—NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulfonyl)ethyloxy amide (—NH—Psec); or, in suitable cases (e.g., cyclic amines), as a nitroxide radical (>N—O.).

For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C₁₋₇alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C₁₋₇haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C₁₋₇trihaloalkyl ester); a triC₁₋₇alkylsilyl-C₁₋₇alkyl ester; or a C₅₋₂₀aryl-C₁₋₇alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.

For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (—SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (—S—CH₂NHC(═O)CH₃).

Chemical Synthesis

Several methods for the chemical synthesis of TAZ compounds of the present invention are described herein. These and/or other well known methods may be modified and/or adapted in known ways in order to facilitate the synthesis of additional compounds within the scope of the present invention.

Compositions

One aspect of the present invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising admixing a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.

Uses

The compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, such as, for example, proliferative conditions, cancer, etc.

Use in Methods of Inhibiting AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase

One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a AXL receptor tyrosine kinase with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.

One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein. Suitable assays for determining AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function inhibition are described herein and/or are known in the art.

Use in Methods of Inhibiting Cell Proliferation, Etc.

The TAZ compounds described herein, e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) inhibit cell cycle progression; (c) promote apoptosis; or (d) a combination of one or more of these.

One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.

In one embodiment, the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.

In one embodiment, the method is performed in vitro.

In one embodiment, the method is performed in vivo.

In one embodiment, the TAZ compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.

Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.

One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.

For example, a sample of cells (e.g., from a tumour) may be grown in vitro and a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed. As an example of “effect,” the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined. Where the compound is found to exert an influence on the cells, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.

Use in Methods of Therapy Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.

Use in the Manufacture of Medicaments

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a TAZ compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.

In one embodiment, the medicament comprises the TAZ compound.

Methods of Treatment

Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.

Conditions Treated—Conditions Mediated by AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase

In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.

Conditions Treated—Conditions Ameliorated by the Inhibition of AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Function

In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of: a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.

Conditions Treated—Proliferative Conditions and Cancer

In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition.

The term “proliferative condition,” as used herein, pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer (e.g., head cancer, neck cancer), skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of:

-   -   a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast,         colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma         and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g.,         adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung         carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g.,         exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid,         prostate, skin (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma);     -   a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage, for example         leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell         lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell         lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma;     -   a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage, for example acute and         chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, or         promyelocytic leukemia;     -   a tumour of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or         habdomyosarcoma;     -   a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example         astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma or schwannoma;     -   melanoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; osteosarcoma; xenoderoma         pigmentoum; keratoctanthoma; thyroid follicular cancer; or         Kaposi's sarcoma.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of liquid tumour cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of hematological cancer.

In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.

The anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures), or the promotion of apoptosis (programmed cell death). The compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.

Treatment

The term “treatment,” as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviatiation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis) is also included. For example, use with patients who have not yet developed the condition, but who are at risk of developing the condition, is encompassed by the term “treatment.”

For example, treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.

The term “therapeutically-effective amount,” as used herein, pertains to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.

Combination Therapies

The term “treatment” includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously. For example, the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, etc. Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.

For example, it may be beneficial to combine treatment with a compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.

One aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.

The particular combination would be at the discretion of the physician who would select dosages using his common general knowledge and dosing regimens known to a skilled practitioner.

The agents (i.e., the compound described herein, plus one or more other agents) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes. For example, when administered sequentially, the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s).

The agents (i.e., the compound described here, plus one or more other agents) may be formulated together in a single dosage form, or alternatively, the individual agents may be formulated separately and presented together in the form of a kit, optionally with instructions for their use.

Other Uses

The TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, e.g., to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.

The TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.

The TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function inhibitors, other anti-proliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.

Kits

One aspect of the invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a TAZ compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a TAZ compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.

The written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.

Routes of Administration

The TAZ compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the TAZ compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).

Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrasternal; by implant of a depot or reservoir, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.

The Subject/Patient

The subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g., gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutan, gibbon), or a human.

Furthermore, the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.

In one preferred embodiment, the subject/patient is a human.

Formulations

While it is possible for the TAZ compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one TAZ compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents. The formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.

Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one TAZ compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein, pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.

Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 5th edition, 2005.

The formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.

The formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.

Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.

Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.

The compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.

Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.

Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs. Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth. Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia. Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.

Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.

Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.

Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.

Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.

Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, sorbic acid); flavours, flavour enhancing agents, and sweeteners. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.

Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.

Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.

Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.

Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low. Thus the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.

Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid, include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.

Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid, include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.

Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy) include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichloro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.

Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.

Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.

Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection), include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate). Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient. Examples of excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like. Examples of suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 μg/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 μg/ml. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.

Dosage

It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that appropriate dosages of the TAZ compounds, and compositions comprising the TAZ compounds, can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects. The selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular TAZ compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the TAZ compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount of TAZ compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.

Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.

In general, a suitable dose of the TAZ compound is in the range of about 10 μg to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 μg to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day. Where the compound is a salt, hydrate, or solvate, or the like, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.

EXAMPLES

The following examples are provided solely to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention, as described herein.

For convenience, the following common abbreviations are used herein:

LCMS for Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry.

HPLC for High Pressure Liquid Chromatography.

NMR for Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.

DMSO for Dimethylsulfoxide.

RT for Retention Time.

MI for Molecular Ion.

Boc for tert-Butoxycarbonyl.

DIPEA for N,N,-Di-isopropyethylamine, Hunig's base.

MeOH for Methyl alcohol, Methanol.

EtOH for Ethyl alcohol, Ethanol.

Pd(dba)₂ for Bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0).

DMA for N,N-Dimethylacetamide.

MW for Microwave.

Et₃N for Triethylamine.

DCM for Dichloromethane, Methylene chloride.

NaOtBu for sodium tert-butoxide.

KOtBu for potassium tert-butoxide.

TFA for Trifluoroacetic acid.

THF for Tetrahydrofuran.

EtSO₂Cl for Ethanesulfonyl chloride.

MsCl for Methanesulfonyl chloride.

HBTU for 2-(1H-Benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate.

MP-TsOH for microporous p-toluenesulfonic acid.

DMF for N,N-Dimethylformamide.

BuLi for Butyl lithium.

Xantphos for 4,5-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene.

h for hours.

min for minutes.

SYNTHESIS EXAMPLES General Methods Flash Chromatography

Flash chromatography was performed using BDH silica gel 60.

General Methods: NMR

Proton NMR spectra were recorded using a Bruker AMX-300 NMR machine at 300 MHz. Shifts were reported in ppm values relative to an internal standard of tetramethylsilane (TMS) or residual protic solvent. The following abbreviations were used to describe the splitting patterns: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m (multiplet), dd (double-doublet), dt (double-triplet), br (broad).

General Methods: LCMS Methods

Samples analysed by High Performance Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry employed the following conditions.

Method 1

Method 1 employed Gilson 306 pumps, Gilson 811C mixer, Gilson 806 manometric module, and Gilson UV/VIS 152 detector at 254 nm wavelength. The mass spectrometer was a Finnigan AQA and a Waters SunFire, 5 μm pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50×4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 μL.

The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, using 95% water: 5% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 5% water: 95% acetonitrile over 5.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 2 minutes.

Method: 2

Method: 2 employed Waters 515 pumps, a Waters 2525 mixer and a Waters 2996 diode array detector. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 650 nm. The mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a Waters SunFire, 5 μm pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50×4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 μL.

The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, using 95% water: 5% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 5% water: 95% acetonitrile over 5.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 2 minutes.

Method: 3

Method: 3 employed a LAA209 Waters ZQ MUX LCMS system, Waters 1525 pumps and a Waters 2996 diode array detector with CTC PAL auto-sampler. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 400 nm. The mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a Phenomenex Luna C18 column (3 μm pore size) of dimensions 50×4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 μL.

The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 2 mL/min, using 80% water: 20% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 20% water: 80% acetonitrile over 2.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 1.5 minutes.

Method Basic

The pumps used was a Waters 2545 with valves directing to the different columns, the UV detector was a Waters 2996. The detection was done between 210 nm and 650 nm. The mass spectrometer used was a Waters 3100 which detected masses between 100 and 700 g/mol. The column used was a XBridge, 5 micron pore size, C18,50×4.60 mm. The injection volume was 10 μL of a solution (around 1 mg/mL). The flow rate was 1.5 mL/min and the mobile phases of water pH 10 0.03% ammonium hydroxide) (3 ml/101) and acetonitrile 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101). The elution was started at 95% water:5% acetonitrile ramping up to 5% water:95% acetonitrile over 5.50 minutes. The eluent level was returned to the starting conditions of 95% water:5% acetonitrile over 6 seconds. These conditions were held for 1.4 minutes to allow equilibration of the column before the next sample was injected. The run lasted 7 minutes in total.

General Methods: Preparatory HPLC

Samples purified by Mass Spectrometry directed High Performance Liquid Chromatography employed the following conditions.

Waters 515 pumps, a Waters 2525 mixer and a Waters 2996 diode array detector. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 650 nm. The mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a SunFire, 5 μm pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50×19 mm was used. The injection volume was up to 500 μL of solution at a maximum concentration of 50 mg/mL. The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 25 mL/min using 95% water, 5% acetonitrile, changing linearly over 5.3 minutes to 95% acetonitrile, 5% water, and maintaining for 0.5 minutes.

Or, compound ds could be purified following a basic method:

The pump used was a Waters 2545 with valves directing to the different columns, the UV detector was a Waters 2996. The detection was done between 210 nm and 650 nm. The mass spectrometer used was a Waters 3100 which detected masses between 100 and 700 g/mol. A XBridge, 5 micron pore size, C18 column of dimensions 19×50 mm was used. The injection volume was chosen by the user and can be up to 500 μL of the solution (max 50 mg/mL). The flow rate was 25 mL/min and the mobile phases of water pH 10 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101) and acetonitrile 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101). The elution was started at 95% water:5% acetonitrile ramping up to 5% water:95% acetonitrile over 5.30 minutes. The eluent level was returned to the starting conditions of 95% water:5% acetonitrile over 0.6 minutes. These conditions were held for 1.4 minutes to allow equilibration of the column before the next sample was injected. The run lasted 7 minutes in total.

General Synthesis Procedure A

Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-amino-6-bromopyridine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, 2-amino-6-bromopyridine and ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate are stirred in dichloromethane at ambient temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure and washing with an appropriate solvent, the solid was collected via filtration. The thiourea derivative which was subjected to a cyclisation procedure, employing hydroxylamine in a protic solvent, to yield intermediate 2-amino-5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine. The bromo derivative was involved in a Suzuki type reaction utilising a palladium catalyst or other suitable catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester. The amide derivatives may be synthesised starting from acid chlorides or other suitable activated esters or carboxylic acids and a peptide coupling agent such as HBTU.

Synthesis 1 1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea

To a solution of 2-amino-6-bromopyridine (25 g, 144.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) cooled to 5° C. was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (17.1 mL, 144.5 mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature at which it was stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a yellow solid, which was collected by filtration and thoroughly washed with cyclohexane. No further purification was required. Yield: 41.5 g, 94%; LCMS method: 1, RT: 5.66 min, MI: 304-306 [M+1].

Synthesis 2 5-Bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (22.84 g, 329 mmol) in ethanol/methanol (100 mL/100 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (34.4 mL, 197 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (20 g, 65.75 mmol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. After 3 h at reflux the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethyl ether then dried in vacuo to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 12.3 g, 88%; LCMS method: 1, RT: 1.34 min, MI: 213-215 [M+1].

Synthesis 3 5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

5-Bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (2 g, 9.4 mmol), 4-methoxybenzeneboronic acid (1.71 g, 11.26 mmol), potassium phosphate (3.98 g, 18.77 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.54 g, 0.47 mmol) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar. Dimethylacetamide (12 mL) and water (4 mL) were then added and the reaction was heated to 150° C. for 10 min. The reaction was filtered through silica and washed through with methanol and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was suspended in diethyl ether and the solid collected and was used without further purification. Yield: 1.70 g, 71%; LCMS method: 1, RT: 3.43 min, MI: 241 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.16 (brs, 2H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H).

Synthesis 4 N-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-isobutyramide (WW-012)

To a solution of the 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.07 g, 0.291 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (2 mL) was added triethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.874 mmol) followed by isopropanecarbonyl chloride (0.046 mL, 0.437 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. Further triethylamine (1.5 eq) and acid chloride (1.2 eq) were added to ensure complete reaction. The solvent was then removed and 3 mL of methanol-ammonia 7M was added to the crude and the mixture was stirred 6 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.33 min, MI: 311 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 1.05 (d, 6H), 2.65-2.75 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.57-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 10.68 (brs, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-039 RT: 3.3 min, MI: 283, Method: 2 WW-040 RT: 3.40 min, MI: 297, Method: 2 WW-041 RT: 3.3 min, MI: 313, Method: 2 WW-042 RT: 3.83 min, MI: 323, Method: 2 WW-043 RT: 4.01 min, MI: 325, Method: 2 WW-044 RT: 3.95 min, MI: 325, Method: 2 WW-045 RT: 3.98 min, MI: 345, Method: 2 WW-038 RT: 3.73 min; MI: 323, Method: 2 WW-145 RT: 3.94 min, MI: 351, Method: 2 WW-146 RT: 3.64 min, MI: 335, Method: 2 WW-125 RT: 4.51 min; MI: 345; Method 1 WW-046 RT: 4.80 min, MI: 337; Method 1 WW-164 RT: 2.02 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 WW-012 RT: 4.33 min, MI: 311; Method 1

General Procedure Synthesis B

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, amide derivatives may be synthesised starting from acid chlorides or other suitable activated esters or carboxylic acids and a peptide coupling agent such as HBTU. The bromo derivative was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester.

Synthesis 5 (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide

To a solution of the 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (3 g, 14.08 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (20 mL) was added triethylamine (4.9 mL, 35.2 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (1.5 mL, 15.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure then water was added to the crude and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. To the crude, 20 mL of methanol-ammonia 7M was added and the solution was stirred for 6 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was washed with diethyl ether. Yield: 2.81 g, 71%, LCMS method: 1, RT: 4.61 min, MI: 280-282 [M+1].

Synthesis 6 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1-propyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-124)

Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05 g, 0.178 mmol), 1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid, pinacol ester (0.054 g, 0.231 mmol) and dimethylacetamide (1 mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar, potassium phosphate solution (0.5M in water, 0.7 mL, 0.356 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.02 g, 0.018 mmol). The reaction was heated to 150° C. for 10 min under microwave heating. The crude was purified straight away by preparatory chromatography after filtration. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.75 min; MI: 311 [M+1]; NMR 1H (DMSO): 0.80-0.88 (m, 7H), 1.78-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.05 (brs, 1H), 4.16 (t, 2H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.66 (t, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H), 11.11 (brs, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-007 RT: 2.34 min; MI: 297; Method: 3 WW-034 RT: 3.75 min; MI: 293; Method 1 WW-036 RT: 1.98 min; MI: 323; Method 1 WW-052 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 298, Method: 2 WW-053 RT: 2.68 min, MI: 269, Method: 2 WW-054 RT: 2.32 min, MI: 294, Method: 2 WW-055 RT: 3.9 min, MI: 299, Method: 2 WW-056 RT: 3.38 min, MI: 269, Method: 2 WW-057 RT: 3.55 min, MI: 285, Method: 2 WW-058 RT: 3.87 min, MI: 299, Method: 2 WW-059 RT: 3.53 min, MI: 285, Method: 2 WW-060 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 269, Method: 2 WW-061 RT: 3.45 min, MI: 269, Method: 2 WW-062 RT: 2.53 min, MI: 365, Method: 2 WW-063 RT: 4.51 min, MI: 355, Method: 2 WW-064 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 283, Method: 2 WW-065 RT: 2.07 min, MI: 330, Method: 2 WW-066 RT: 3.75 min, MI: 332, Method: 2 WW-067 RT: 3.65 min, MI: 327, Method: 2 WW-068 RT: 2.83 min, MI: 336, Method: 2 WW-069 RT: 3.6 min, MI: 322, Method: 2 WW-070 RT: 4.21 min; MI: 337; Method 1 WW-084 RT: 1.98 min, MI: 294, Method: 2 WW-085 RT: 2.95 min, MI: 330, Method: 2 WW-086 RT: 3.48 min, MI: 316, Method: 2 WW-087 RT: 1.83 min, MI: 294, Method: 2 WW-088 RT: 3.21 min, MI: 312, Method: 2 WW-089 RT: 4.08 min, MI: 329, Method: 2 WW-090 RT: 4.3 min, MI: 315, Method: 2 WW-091 RT: 3.52 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 WW-092 RT: 4.54 min, MI: 330, Method: 2 WW-093 RT: 2.91 min, MI: 325, Method: 2 WW-094 RT: 4.49 min, MI: 323, Method: 2 WW-095 RT: 4.57 min, MI: 337, Method: 2 WW-096 RT: 3 min, MI: 313, Method: 2 WW-097 RT: 3.15 min, MI: 313, Method: 2 WW-051 RT: 3.49 min; MI: 323; Method 1 WW-098 RT: 3.66 min, MI: 327, Method: 2 WW-099 RT: 4.2 min, MI: 363, Method: 2 WW-100 RT: 3.23 min, MI: 339, Method: 2 WW-101 RT: 3.98 min, MI: 341, Method: 2 WW-102 RT: 3.5 min, MI: 337, Method: 2 WW-103 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 336, Method: 2 WW-104 RT: 3.63 min, MI: 350, Method 1 WW-133 RT: 3.66 min, MI: 319, Method: 2 WW-134 RT: 1.91 min, MI: 382, Method: 2 WW-135 RT: 3.81 min, MI: 339, Method: 2 WW-136 RT: 2.79 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 WW-137 RT: 3.49 min, MI: 345, Method: 2 WW-138 RT: 1.98 min, MI: 393, Method: 2 WW-139 RT: 4.64 min, MI: 335, Method: 2 WW-140 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 WW-141 RT: 1.91 min, MI: 378, Method: 2 WW-142 RT: 3.43 min, MI: 345, Method: 2 WW-143 RT: 3.82 min, MI: 448, Method: 2 WW-144 RT: 3.58 min, MI: 351, Method: 2 WW-124 RT: 3.75 min; MI: 311; Method 1 WW-110 RT: 4.03 min; MI: 394; Method: 2 WW-105 RT: 3.58 min; MI: 359; Method: 2 WW-106 RT: 3.50 min; MI: 318; Method: 2 WW-107 RT: 3.53 min, MI: 324; Method: 2 WW-119 RT: 4.19 min; MI: 408; Method: 2 WW-148 RT: 4.16 min; MI: 359; Method 1 WW-149 RT: 2.85 min; MI: 268; Method: 2 WW-150 RT: 4.08 min; MI: 337; Method: 2 WW-152 RT: 4.10 min; MI: 337; Method: 2 WW-163 RT: 2.25 min; MI: 350; Method 1 WW-159 RT: 4.13 min; MI: 321; Method 1 WW-162 RT: 5.21 min; MI: 371; Method 1 WW-013 RT: 3.55 min, MI: 297, Method: 2. WW-014 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 357, Method: 2 WW-015 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 322, Method: 2 WW-016 RT: 3.38 min, MI: 323, Method: 2 WW-018 RT: 3.32 min, MI: 318, Method: 2 WW-019 RT: 2.48 min, MI: 322, Method: 2 WW-020 RT: 3.00 min, MI: 295, Method: 2 WW-021 RT: 3.58 min, MI: 314, Method: 2 WW-022 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 295, Method: 2 WW-023 RT: 3.90 min, MI: 314, Method: 2 WW-024 RT: 3.57 min, MI: 309, Method: 2 WW-025 RT: 3.40 min, MI: 296, Method: 2 WW-032 RT: 2.73 min, MI: 311, Method: 2 WW-026 RT: 3.41 min, MI: 364, Method: 2 WW-027 RT: 2.73 min, MI: 309, Method: 2 WW-028 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 309, Method: 2 WW-029 RT: 2.75 min, MI: 350, Method: 2 WW-030 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 298, Method: 2 WW-049 RT: 4.25 min, MI: 323; Method 1 WW-005 RT: 2.27 min; MI: 309; Method: 3 WW-035 RT: 4.50 min; MI: 323; Method: 1 WW-047 RT: 4.43 min; MI: 293; Method 1 WW-017 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 372, Method: 2 WW-109 RT: 3.42 min; MI: 345; Method: 2 WW-108 RT: 3.44 min; MI: 325; Method: 2 WW-001 RT: 2.26 min, MI: 279, Method: 3 WW-071 RT: 3.53 min, MI: 322, Method 1 WW-006 RT: 1.97 min; MI: 310; Method: 3 WW-004 RT: 2.54 min; MI: 313; Method: 3 WW-008 RT: 2.12 min; MI: 323; Method: 3 WW-011 RT: 3.87 min; MI: 347; Method: 3 WW-031 RT: 4.08 min, MI: 347, Method: 2 WW-003 RT: 1.95 min; MI: 377; Method: 3 WW-050 RT: 2.03 min, MI: 308, Method: 2 WW-033 RT: 3.87 min; MI: 347; Method 1 WW-010 RT: 2.26 min; MI: 339; Method: 3 WW-037 RT: 3.21 min; MI: 295; Method 1 WW-002 RT: 1.69 min; MI: 336; Method: 3 WW-009 RT: 1.55 min; MI: 393; Method: 3

General Synthesis Procedure C

Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the 5-amino derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution of an appropriately substituted amine on the bromo derivative via microwave heating or conventional heating

Synthesis 7 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-075)

To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05 g, 0.178 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (1 mL) in a microwave vial, 2-aminomethylpyridine (0.096 g, 0.89 mmol) was added and the solution was heated in the microwave at 150° C. for 15 min. The crude was purified straight away by preparatory chromatography after filtration. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.07 min, MI: 309 [M+1]. NMR (1H, DMSO, 300 MHz): 10.91 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 7.77 (t, 1H), 7.30-7.49 (m, 4H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.08 (d, 1H), 4.67 (d, 2H), 2.07 (brs, 1H), 0.83 (d, 4H)

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-073 RT: 3.40 min, MI: 274, Method: 2 WW-167 RT: 3.48 min, MI: 338, Method: 2 WW-074 RT: 2.12 min, MI: 262, Method: 2 WW-075 RT: 2.07 min, MI: 309, Method: 2 WW-076 RT: 1.78 min, MI: 329, Method: 2 WW-077 RT: 3.58 min, MI: 361, Method: 2 WW-078 RT: 3.48 min, MI: 286, Method: 2 WW-079 RT: 3.35 min, MI: 274, Method: 2 WW-080 RT: 3.62 min, MI: 288, Method: 2 WW-081 RT: 3.87 min, MI: 342, Method: 2 WW-082 RT: 4.50 min, MI: 342, Method: 2 WW-083 RT: 1.82 min, MI: 309, Method: 2 WW-048 RT: 4.17 min, MI: 308, Method 1 WW-112 RT: 3.46 min, MI: 338, Method: 2 WW-113 RT: 3.72 min, MI: 322, Method: 2 WW-114 RT: 3.21 min, MI: 375, Method: 2 WW-115 RT: 1.87 min, MI: 331, Method: 2 WW-116 RT: 1.86 min, MI: 303, Method: 2 WW-117 RT: 3.68 min, MI: 401, Method: 2 WW-118 RT: 1.60 min, MI: 261, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure D

Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the aniline derivatives may be obtained via a palladium catalysed reaction assisted by microwave or conventional heating and an appropriately substituted aniline.

Synthesis 8 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenylamino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-127)

A microwave tube was charged with cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05 g, 0.178 mmol), p-anisidine (0.044 g, 0.356 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.008 g, 0.009 mmol), xantphos (0.010 g, 0.018 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.038 g, 0.392 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL). A couple of drops of dimethylacetamide were added to assist with microwave absorption. The mixture was heated at 140° C. for 30 min. The mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.49 min, MI: 324 [M+1]. NMR (1H, DMSO, 300 MHz): 10.88 (brs, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 7.43 (4, 1 H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.24 (d, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.08 (brs, 1H), 0.83 (d, 4H)

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-127 RT: 3.49 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 WW-128 RT: 3.75 min, MI: 328, Method: 2 WW-129 RT: 4.07 min, MI: 328, Method: 2 WW-130 RT: 3.54 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 WW-131 RT: 4.71 min, MI: 350, Method: 2 WW-132 RT: 4.05 min, MI: 328, Method: 2 WW-160 RT: 3.67 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 WW-161 RT: 3.34 min, MI: 384, Method: 2 WW-165 RT: 1.76 min, MI: 295, Method: 2 WW-166 RT: 2.07 min, MI: 295, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure E

Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the oxo derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction utilising an appropriately substituted phenol and potassium carbonate or other suitable base.

Synthesis 9 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-m-tolyloxy-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (WW-072)

5-Bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.05 g, 0.178 mmol) and m-cresol (0.096 g, 0.889 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (1 mL). Potassium carbonate (0.123 g, 0.889 mmol) and a couple of drop of dimethylacetamide were added and the mixture was heated to 180° C. for 30 mins in the microwave. The crude product was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.63 min, MI: 309.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-072 RT: 3.63 min, MI: 309, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure F

Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the thio derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction utilising an appropriately substituted thio-phenol and sodium hydride or other suitable base.

Synthesis 10 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-phenylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (WW-111)

A microwave tube was charged with sodium hydride (0.036 g, 0.889 mmol) in anhydrous well-degassed dioxane (1 mL). Thiophenol (0.091 mL, 0.889 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture allowed to stir for 5 min. Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05 g, 0.178 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 160° C. for 20 min in a microwave. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.32 min, MI: 311 [M+1]. NMR (1H, DMSO, 300 MHz): 11.17 (s, 1H), 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.49 (d, 2H), 6.28 (t, 1H), 2.03 (brs, 1H), 0.83 (d, 4H)

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-111 RT: 4.32 min, MI: 311, Method: 2 WW-126 RT: 3.82 min, MI: 341, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure G

Compounds were synthesised starting from the phthalimido cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide derivatives (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the phthalimido group may be removed by hydrazinolysis in a refluxing solvent such as ethanol.

Synthesis 11 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(2-amino-ethylamino)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-158)

Under an atmosphere of nitrogen cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-{4-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-ethylamino]-phenyl}-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.08 g, 0.17 mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.082 mL, 1.7 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (10 mL). The mixture was refluxed overnight. The mixture was cooled and the solid filtered off and washed with ethanol. The filtrate was passed over an SCX cartridge, and washed with ethyl acetate. The product was cleaved from the cartridge using 2M ammonia/methanol. The eluent was concentrated in vacuo, and the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 1.95 min, MI: 337 [M+1], NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 3.45 (t, 2H), 2.97 (t, 2H), 2.25 (brs, 1H) 0.81 (m, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-157 RT: 1.94 min, MI: 351, Method: 2 WW-158 RT: 1.95 min, MI: 337, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure H

Compound was synthesised starting from {4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (WW-119, described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to someone skilled in the art.

Synthesis 12 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methylamino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-120)

To {4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (WW-119) (0.05 g, 0.123 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added and the solution was stirred for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1, RT: 3.62 min; MI: 308 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO) 0.80-0.83 (m, 4H), 1.93 (brs, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.57 (t, 1H), 8.01 (d, 2H).

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-120 RT: 3.62 min; MI: 308; Method 1

General Synthesis Procedure I

Compound was synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-060, described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, sulfonamides may be obtained using an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride, a suitable base such as triethylamine and the pyrazolo derivative.

Synthesis 13 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1-ethanesulfonyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-147)

To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-060) (0.05 g, 0.186 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL), ethanesulfonyl chloride (0.022 ml, 0.224 mmol) and triethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.373 mmol) were added successively and the mixture was stirred overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1, RT: 3.87 min; MI: 361 [M+1]; NMR 1H (DMSO): 0.81-0.95 (m, 4H), 1.15 (t, 3H), 1.94 (brs, 1H), 3.82 (q, 2H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 7.81 (dd, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H).

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-147 RT: 3.87 min; MI: 361; Method 1

General Synthesis Procedure J

Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, sulfonamides may be obtained using an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride, a suitable base such as pyridine and the amine derivative.

Synthesis 14 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-ethanesulfonylamino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-154)

Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (0.05, 0.17 mmol) was suspended in dichloromethane (2 mL). Pyridine (0.027 mL, 0.34 mmol) and ethanesulfonyl chloride (0.019 mL, 0.204 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. A further equivalent of pyridine and ethanesulfonyl chloride were added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.11 min, MI: 386 [M+1]. NMR (1H, DMSO, 300 MHz): 0.82 (d, 4H), 1.24 (t, 3H), 2.01 (brs, 1H), 3.20 (q, 2H), 7.27 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.68 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 9.98 (brs, 1H), 11.15 (s, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-154 RT: 3.11 min; MI: 386: Method 1 WW-156 RT: 3.62 min, MI: 434, Method 1

General Synthesis Procedure K

Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-N-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide (WW-022, described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the ethers were obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction using a halogeno-alkyl and the phenol precursor and an appropriate base such as potassium carbonate.

Synthesis 15 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(3-methoxy-benzyloxy)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-123)

To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-022) (0.05 g, 0.17 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL), potassium carbonate (0.047 g, 0.34 mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 30 min. 3-Methoxybenzylbromide (0.047 mL, 0.34 mmol) was then added and the solution was refluxed overnight. The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1, RT: 5.16 min; MI: 415 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 0.79-0.83 (m, 4H), 2.06 (brs, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 77.03-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.24 (dd, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.60-7.67 (m, 2H), 8.00 (dd, 2H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-121 RT: 4.84 min; MI: 349; Method 1 WW-122 RT: 4.36 min; MI: 333; Method 1 WW-123 RT: 5.16 min; MI: 415; Method 1

General Synthesis Procedure L

Compound was synthesised starting from 4-{4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions know to those skilled in the art.

Synthesis 16 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-piperazin-1-yl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-151)

A solution of 4-{4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.042 g, 0.091 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) was stirred for 2 h. Saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate was then added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 1.97 min; MI: 363 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO) 0.79-0.82 (m, 4H), 1.05 (s, 1H), 2.01 (brs, 1H), 3.10-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.38-3.43 (m, 4H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.24 (dd, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 1H), 7.65 (t, 1H), 7.99 (d, 2H).

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-151 RT: 1.97 min; MI: 363; Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure M

Compound was synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, alkylated amines may be generated via the nucleophilic substitution on a halo derivative by the amino functionality under microwave or other conditions using a base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine in a suitable solvent.

Synthesis 17 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethylamino)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-153)

Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (0.05 g, 0.17 mmol), 2-bromo-N,N-diethylethylamine hydrobromide (0.133 g, 0.511 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.089 mL, 0.511 mmol) were added to a microwave tube and the mixture was heated for 10 min at 150° C. The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 2.07 min; MI: 393 [M+1]. NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 0.81 (d, 4H), 1.10 (t, 6H), 2.04 (brs, 1H), 2.89 (m, 6H), 3.33 (t, 2H), 6.75 (d, 2H), 7.20 (dd, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 11.00 (s, 1H)

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-153 RT: 2.07 min, MI: 393.35, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure N

Compound was synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the amide products may be obtained using amide coupling agents such as HBTU or other reagents that generate an activated ester. The cleavage of the Boc group may be obtained utilising a solid supported reagent such as MP-TsOH or TFA or by any other method known to anyone skilled in the art.

Synthesis 18 ({4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenylcarbamoyl}-methyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester

Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (0.05 g, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (1 mL), diisopropylethylamine (0.036 mL, 0.204 mmol) and N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)glycine (0.036 g, 0.204 mmol) were added followed by 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate (0.078 g, 0.204 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 150° C. for 10 min in a microwave. The reaction mixture was transferred to a vial and purified by prep LCMS. LCMS method: 1, RT: 4.08 min, MI: 451 [M+1].

Synthesis 19 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(2-amino-acetylamino)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-155)

({4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenylcarbamoyl}-methyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.08 g, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 ml), microporous p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.16 g, 0.51 mmol) was added and the mixture was shaken overnight. The resin was washed several times with methanol, and then the product was cleaved from the resin using a 2M ammonia/methanol solution. This solution was concentrated in vacuo to give clean product. LCMS method: 2, RT: 1.86 min, MI: 351 [M+1]. NMR (1H, DMSO, 300 MHz): 11.04 (brs, 1H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, 1H), 3.34 (brs, 2H), 2.03 (brs, 1H), 0.82 (d, 4H).

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation WW-155 RT: 1.86 min; MI: 351, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure O

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the chloro derivative may be obtained by the addition of a chloro acetyl chloride followed by the nucleophilic attack of an amine.

Synthesis 20 2-Chloro-N-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide

To a solution of 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.4 g, 1.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL), triethylamine (0.62 mL, 4.47 mmol) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.142 mL, 1.8 mmol) were added successively. The mixture was then stirred overnight. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was used without further purification. Yield: 0.52 g, 100%; LCMS Method: 2: 3.57 min, 345-347 [M+1].

Synthesis 21 N-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-acetamide (WW-168)

To a solution of 2-chloro-N-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide (0.1 g, 0.29 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL), triethylamine (0.061 mL, 0.43 mmol) and N-methylpiperazine (0.036 mL, 0.32 mmol) were added successively and the mixture was stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude then purified by prep LCMS. LCMS Method: 2, RT=2.19 min, MI=409 [M+1], NMR 1H (DMSO): 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.50 (m, 4H), 2.53-2.58 (m, 4H), 3.25 (brs, 2H), 4.33 (brs, 4H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.62-7.71 (m, 3H).

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. LCMS WW-168 RT: 2.19 min, MI: 409, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure P

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Michael acceptor may be synthesised starting from the acid chloride or an activated ester. Addition of an amine at room temperature led to formation of the corresponding Michael adduct.

Synthesis 22 N-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-acrylamide

To a solution of 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.3 g, 1.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL), triethylamine (0.19 mL, 1.34 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (0.11 mL, 1.23 mmol) were added successively and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was hydrolysed, and the organic phase washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A minimum amount of dichloromethane was added to the crude, diethylether was added and the resulting solid collected by filtration. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 4.23 min, 323 [M+1].

Synthesis 23 N-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-3-imidazol-1-yl-propionamide (WW-169)

To a solution of N-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-acrylamide (0.05 g, 0.155 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) was added N-methylpiperazine (0.13 g, 1.86 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was purified by prep LCMS. LCMS Method: 2, RT: 2.09 min, MI: 423 [M+1].

Code No. LCMS WW-169 RT: 2.09 min; MI: 423; Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure Q

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the amino derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standards conditions.

Synthesis 24 [3-(2-Imidazol-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-015)

In a microwave vial, 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.05 g, 0.208 mmol), 1-[2-(3-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-1H-imidazole (0.073 g, 0.27 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.01 g, 0.01 mmol), xantphos (0.012 g, 0.02 mmol) and sodium tertbutoxide (0.04 g, 0.416 mmol) were added successively. 1,4-Dioxane (1.2 mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (150° C., 10 min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.36 min; MI: 427 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.36 (t, 2H), 6.42 (dd, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 7.11-7.15 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 9.65 (s, 1H).

Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoamyl esters following the scheme illustrated below.

Synthesis 25 4-Bromo-N-(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-benzamide

A microwave vial containing 4-bromo-benzoic acid ethyl ester (1 g, 4.36 mmol) and N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (2.37 g, 21.38 mmol) was heated under microwave radiation (150° C., 10 min). The volatiles were removed under rotary evaporation and the crude was used in the next step without further purification. Yield: 1.18 g, 100%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 1.93 min; MI: 271-273 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised starting from bromophenols following the scheme illustrated below.

Synthesis 26 2-[2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-isoindole-1,3-dione

4-Bromophenol, N-(2-bromoethyl)phthalimide and potassium carbonate were suspended in dimethylformamide and heated to 50° C. overnight under nitrogen. The dimethylformamide was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed several times with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 2 g, 98%; LCMS: RT method: 2, RT: 5.33 min, MI: 382-384 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised starting from bromobenzaldehydes following the scheme illustrated below.

Synthesis 27 [(E)-3-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-allyl]-dimethyl-amine

To a stirred solution of (2-dimethylaminoethyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide (1.12 g, 2.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) was added 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (1.08 ml, 2.7 mmol) under nitrogen at 00° C. After 30 minutes 4-bromobenzaldehyde (0.5 g, 2.7 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was acidified with 2M hydrochloric acid and extracted with toluene. The aqueous layer was then made alkaline with 2N sodium hydroxide and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as yellow oil. Yield 0.41 g, 63%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.62 min; MI: 240-242 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from bromo chloro heterocycles following the scheme shown below. In general the bromo heteroaryl compounds may be obtained by nucleophilic substitution of an activated aryl halogen by an alcohol in the presence of sodium hydride or other suitable base.

Synthesis 28 [2-(5-Bromo-pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine

2-Dimethylaminoethanol (0.113 mL, 1.113 mmol) was suspended in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.134 g, 3.334 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. 5-Bromo-2-chloropyrimidine (0.2 g, 1.03 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. LCMS method: 1, RT: 0.63 min, MI: 246-248 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoanilines following the scheme illustrated below

Synthesis 29 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-chloro-acetamide

A solution of bromoaniline (2 g, 11.63 mmol) and triethylamine (4.84 ml, 34.89 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) at 00° C. was added chloroacetyl chloride dropwise (1.11 ml, 13.96 mol). The mixture was stirred at 00° C. for 15 min then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was added and the mixture was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield 2.20 g, 76%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.85 min; MI: 289-291 [M+1].

Synthesis 30 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide

N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-chloro-acetamide (0.3 g, 1.21 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (10 ml). Pyrrolidine (0.3 ml, 3.63 mmol) was added dropwise to the mixture, which was then heated to reflux and stirred overnight. The toluene was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. Saturated ammonium chloride was added and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Yield 0.22 g, 65%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.62 min; MI: 283-285 [M+1].

Synthesis 31 (4-Bromo-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine

A 1 M solution of BH₃ in tetrahydrofuran (7.7 ml, 7.7 mmol) was added dropwise to N-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-acetamide (0.22 g, 0.77 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The aqueous was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.18 g, 86%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.62 min; MI: 267-269 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoanilines following the scheme illustrated below.

Synthesis 32 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-acrylamide

A mixture of 4-bromoaniline (2.0 g, 11.63 mmol) and triethylamine (1.9 ml, 13.96 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) was cooled to 0° C. and acryloyl chloride (1.04 ml, 12.76 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 0° C. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.97 g, 37%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.91 min; MI: 227-229 [M+1].

Synthesis 33 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide

N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-acrylamide (0.3 g, 1.33 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol. Pyrrolidine (0.12 ml, 1.46 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. Aqueous ammonium chloride was added and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired product. Yield 0.24 g, 60%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.67 min; MI: 297-299 [M+1].

Synthesis 34 (3-Bromo-phenyl)-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine

A 1M solution of BH₃ in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml, 10 mmol) was added dropwise to N-(3-bromo-phenyl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide (0.3 g, 1 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in methanol and loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Removal of all solvents under rotary evaporation gave the desired product. Yield 0.23 g, 82%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.71 min; MI: 283-285 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from 2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-amides as shown in the scheme below. In general, the amide was reduced using borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or by using any other suitable reducing agent.

Synthesis 35 2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-propylamine

A 1 M solution of borane in tetrahydrofuran (8.2 ml, 8.2 mmol) was added dropwise to 2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-propionamide (0.2 g, 0.82 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.13 g, 68%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.74 min; MI: 271-273 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from bromoanilines and carboxylic acids as shown in the scheme below. In general, HBTU or any other suitable coupling agent may be used to form the amide. A borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or any other suitable reducing agent may be used for the subsequent reduction.

Synthesis 36 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide

4-Bromo aniline (0.25 g, 1.45 mmol), 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoic acid (0.25 g, 1.74 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.3 ml, 1.74 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylacetamide (5 ml). HBTU (0.66 g, 1.74 mmol) was subsequently added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was added to water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield: 0.43 g, 100%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.73 min; MI: 297-299 [M+1].

Synthesis 37 (4-Bromo-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine

A 1M solution of BH₃ in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml, 10 mmol) was added dropwise to N-(4-bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide (0.44 g, 1.48 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Removal of all solvents under rotary evaporation gave the desired product. Yield: 0.04 g, 10%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.07 min; MI: 283-285 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from boc-protected amino acids as shown in the scheme below. A borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or any other suitable reducing agent may be used for the selective reduction of the acid. DBAD or any other Mitsunobu reagent and triphenylphosphine can be used to form the ether

Synthesis 38 ((R)-2-Hydroxy-1-methyl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester

A solution of Boc-D-Ala-OH (1.0 g, 5.28 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of BH₃, 1M in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) at 00° C. The mixture was stirred for a further hour at 00° C., then quenched with 10% acetic acid in methanol. After solvent evaporation, the crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 1M HCl, water and then 1M sodium hydrogencarbonate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.39 g, 42%.: NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 0.97 (d, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.29 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H)

Synthesis 39 [(R)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-1-methyl-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester

4-Bromophenol (0.2 g, 1.14 mmol), ((R)-2-hydroxy-1-methyl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.2 g, 1.14 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.45 g, 1.71 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous toluene (10 ml) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. A solution of di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (0.39 g, 1.71 mmol) in toluene (5 ml) was added slowly ensuring that the temperature did not exceed 35° C. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and subsequently washed with 1M HCl, water, brine then dried over magnesium sulfate, filteted and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by Flash Chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate/cyclohexane as the elutant gave the final product. Yield 80 mg, 21%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 6.17 min; MI: 330-332 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from lactamides as shown in the scheme below. A borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or any other suitable reducing agent may be used for the reduction to the amine. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate can be used to protect the amine, and DBAD or any other Mitsunobu reagent and triphenylphosphine can be used to form the ether.

Synthesis 40 (R)-1-Amino-propan-2-ol

A 1 M solution of borane in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml, 10 mmol) was added dropwise to (R)-lactamide (0.5 g, 5.6 mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Removal of all solvents under rotary evaporation gave the desired product. Yield: 0.20 g, 48%. NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 1.05 (d, 3H), 3.64 (m, 1H) (CH₂ under water peak).

Synthesis 41 ((R)-2-Hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester

To a stirred solution of (R)-1-amino-propan-2-ol (0.2 g, 2.66 mmol) and triethylamine (385 L, 2.78 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) at 00° C. was added di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.6 g, 2.78 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr at 00° C. under N₂. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate was added and extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.33 g, 70%. NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl₃): 1.16 (d, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 4.96 (brs, 1H)

Synthesis 42 [(S)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-propyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester

4-Bromophenol (0.33 g, 1.88 mmol), ((R)-2-hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.33 g, 1.88 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.74 g, 2.82 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous toluene. A solution of di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (0.65 g, 2.82 mmol) in toluene (5 ml) was added slowly ensuring that the temperature did not exceed 35° C. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and subsequently washed with 1M HCl, water, then brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield: 0.62 g, 100. LCMS method: 2, RT: 6.18 min; MI: 330-332 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from 4-bromophenol as shown in the scheme below. In general DBAD or any other Mitsunobu reagent and polystyrene supported triphenylphosphine can be used to form the ether

Synthesis 43 [(R)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-propyl]-dimethyl-amine

4-Bromophenol (0.2 g, 1.16 mmol) and (S)-(+)-1-dimethylamino-2-propanol (0.14 ml, 1.16 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (10 ml). PS-Triphenylphospine (1.74 g, 1.74 mmol) was added, followed by di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (0.4 g, 1.74 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then filtered and the filtrate washed with sodium hydrogencarbonate then brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield: 0.3 g, 100%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.62 min; MI: 258-260 [M+1].

Synthesis 44 4-Bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amide

To a solution of 4-bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (0.2 g, 0.99 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (5 mL), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.26 mL, 1.485 mmol), 1-(2-aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (0.17 g, 1.485 mmol) and HBTU (0.565 g, 1.485 mmol) were added successively. The mixture was stirred overnight and then hydrolysed. Ethyl acetate was added and the two layers then separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics combined, washed with water (×2) then brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The crude was used without further purification. Yield: 0.24 g, 80%. LCMS Method: 2:1.92 min, 298-300 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from an amino-alcohol as shown in the scheme below. In general, the cyclic amine was obtained using dibromobutane under standard conditions. A Mitsunobu reaction was then performed to generate the amino-ether derivative.

Synthesis 45 (R)-2-Phenyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanol

To a solution of (R)-2-amino-2-phenyl-ethanol (0.5 g, 3.64 mmol) in 2-propanol (40 mL) were added sodium carbonate (1 g, 9.48 mmol), 1,4-dibromobutane (0.57 mL, 4.74 mmol) and potassium iodide (catalytic) in succession, and the mixture was refluxed overnight. After filtration, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude was used without further purification (0.53 g, 76%). LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.27 min; MI: 191-193 [M+1].

Synthesis 46 1-[(R)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-1-phenyl-ethyl]-pyrrolidine

To a solution of 4-bromophenol (0.226 g, 1.31 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran, were added triphenylphosphine (0.342 g, 1.31 mmol), (R)-2-phenyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanol (0.3 g, 1.57 mmol) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.205 mL, 1.31 mmol) successively. The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude was passed through an SCX column, which was washed with methanol and then the compound released using a solution of ammonia in methanol (2M) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was used without further purification. Yield: 0.43 g, 80%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.36 min; MI: 346-348 [M+1].

Compounds were synthesised from 4-bromo-2-chloropyridine as shown in the scheme below. In general, the 2-aminopyridine was obtained by nucleophilic addition of the amine function on the bromo-chloroderivative under microwave conditions.

Synthesis 47 N′-(4-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-N,N-diethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine

In a microwave vial, 4-Bromo-2-chloro-pyridine (0.3 g, 1.56 mmol) and N,N-diethylethylenediamine (0.9 g, 7.8 mmol) were heated under microwave irradiations (180° C., 30 min). Water and Ethyl acetate were then added and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics combined, washed twice with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was used without further purification. Yield: 0.31 g, 71%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 0.47 min; MI: 272-274 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-024 RT: 4.38 min; MI: 401; Method 1 XX-022 RT: 3.26 min; MI: 390; Method 1 XX-021 RT: 3.33 min; MI: 444; Method 1 XX-020 RT: 3.44 min; MI: 440; Method 1 XX-019 RT: 3.38 min; MI: 444; Method: 2 XX-018 RT: 3.32 min; MI: 458; Method: 2 XX-017 RT: 3.01 min; MI: 404; Method: 2 XX-016 RT: 3.32 min; MI: 427; Method 1 XX-015 RT: 3.36 min; MI: 427; Method 1 XX-013 RT: 5.13 min; MI: 388; Method: 2 XX-012 RT: 3.56 min; MI: 458; Method: 2 XX-011 RT: 3.77 min; MI: 377; Method: 2 XX-010 RT: 4.22 min; MI: 348; Method: 2 XX-009 RT: 4.95 min; MI: 501; Method 1 XX-007 RT: 2.47 min; MI: 332; Method: 2 XX-008 RT: 4.56 min; MI: 359; Method: 2 XX-006 RT: 2.54 min; MI: 404; Method: 2 XX-005 RT: 2.57 min; MI: 446; Method: 2 XX-004 RT: 2.57 min; MI: 430; Method: 2 XX-014 RT: 3.28 min; MI: 446; Method: 2 XX-036 RT: 2.48 min; MI: 431; Method: 2 XX-054 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 472, Method: 2 XX-051 RT: 2.60 min, MI: 414, Method: 2 XX-062 RT: 4.65 min, MI: 389, Method: 2 XX-057 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 360, Method: 2 XX-056 RT: 2.53 min, MI: 346, Method: 2 XX-055 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-053 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 416, Method: 2 XX-052 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 456, Method: 2 XX-050 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 454, Method: 2 XX-049 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 404, Method: 2 XX-048 RT: 2.53 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-047 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-044 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 442, Method: 2 XX-063 RT: 3.82 min, MI: 396, Method: 2 XX-043 RT: 5.11 min; MI: 389; Method: 2 XX-040 RT: 3.34 min; MI: 404; Method 1 XX-038 RT: 3.32 min; MI: 485; Method 1 XX-035 RT: 4.46 min; MI: 404; Method 1 XX-042 RT: 4.14 min; MI: 404; Method: 2 XX-037 RT: 2.50 min; MI: 431; Method: 2 XX-039 RT: 4.87 min; MI: 520; Method: 2 XX-001 RT: 3.38 min; MI: 488; Method 1 XX-066 RT: 3.38 min; MI: 460; Method 1 XX-068 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 414, Method: 2 XX-069 RT: 2.60 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-070 RT: 2.53 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-071 RT: 3.72 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-072 RT: 3.68 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-073 RT: 3.58 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-074 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-075 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-076 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-077 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 487, Method: 2 XX-078 RT: 2.42 min, MI: 434, Method: 2 XX-079 RT: 2.32 min, MI: 433, Method: 2 XX-080 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 459, Method: 2 XX-081 RT: 2.53 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-082 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 427, Method: 2 XX-083 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 428, Method: 2 XX-084 RT: 2.60 min, MI: 441, Method: 2 XX-085 RT: 2.60 min, MI: 441, Method: 2 XX-086 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 400, Method: 2 XX-087 RT: 2.50 min, MI: 445, Method: 2 XX-088 RT: 2.50 min, MI: 404, Method: 2 XX-002 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 445, Method: 2

The following compounds were also synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. LCMS XX-097 RT: 2.44 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-094 RT: 2.24 min, MI: 457, Method: 2 XX-098 RT: 2.47 min, MI: 474, Method: 2 XX-099 RT: 2.32 min, MI: 459, Method: 2 XX-438 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 480.33, Method: 2 XX-439 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 453.33, Method: 2 XX-272 RT: 1.91 min, MI: 503, Method: 2 XX-100 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-101 RT: 2.38 min, MI: 473, Method: 2 XX-102 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 459, Method: 2 XX-103 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-104 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-386 RT: 2.45 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-105 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 457, Method: 2 XX-274 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 446, Method: 2 XX-300 RT: 2.03 min, MI: 432 [M + 1]. XX-326 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 446, Method: 2 XX-413 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 506, Method: 2 XX-411 RT: 2.86 min, MI: 506, Method: 2 XX-410 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 476, Method: 2 XX-412 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 450, Metyhod2 XX-416 RT: 2.75 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-417 RT: 2.76 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-418 RT: 2.83 min, MI: 468, Method: 2 XX-415 RT: 2.75 min, MI: 446, Method: 2 XX-414 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-409 RT: 2.49 min, MI: 463, Method: 2 XX-106 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 473, Method: 2 XX-107 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-108 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 420, Method: 2 XX-109 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-116 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 457, Method: 2 XX-117 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-118 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-275 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 486, Method: 2 XX-119 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 473, Method: 2 XX-120 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 473, Method: 2 XX-408 RT: 2.49 min, MI: 447, Method: 2 XX-121 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-122 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 487, Method: 2 XX-387 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 483 [M + 1], Method: 2 XX-123 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 499, Method: 2 XX-124 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 487, Method: 2 XX-388 RT: 2.80 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-125 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 499, Method: 2 XX-126 RT: 2.68 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-127 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 459, Method: 2 XX-128 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 459, Method: 2 XX-129 RT: 2.41 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-130 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 473, Method: 2 XX-131 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-132 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 488, Method: 2 XX-133 RT: 2.68 min, MI: 476, Method: 2 XX-134 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 476, Method: 2 XX-135 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-136 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-139 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-140 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-144 RT: 2.55 min, MI: 467, Method: 2 XX-145 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 493, Method: 2 XX-153 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 485, Method: 2 XX-154 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-155 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 446, Method: 2 XX-160 RT: 4.24 min, MI: 488, Method: 2 XX-161 RT: 3.90 min, MI: 448, Method: 2 XX-162 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 461, Method: 2 XX-163 RT: 2.39 min, MI: 461, Method: 2 XX-173 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 523, Method: 2 XX-226 RT: 2.75 min, MI: 474, Method: 2 XX-355 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-368 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 487, Method: 2 XX-390 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-391 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 487, Method: 2 XX-393 RT: 2.69 min, MI: 457, Method: 2 XX-392 RT: 4.50 min, MI: 473, Method: basic XX-093 RT: 2.66 min; MI: 471; Method: 2 XX-095 RT: 2.63 min; MI: 501; Method: 2 XX-096 RT: 2.71 min; MI: 473; Method: 2 XX-110 RT: 2.57 min; MI: 485; Method: 2 XX-111 RT: 2.43 min, MI: 471; Method: 2 XX-112 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 462; Method: 2 XX-113 RT: 2.55 min, MI: 485; Method: 2 XX-114 RT: 2.45 min, MI: 471; Method: 2 XX-147 RT: 2.45 min, MI: 459; Method: 2 XX-150 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 430; Method: 2 XX-159 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 400; Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure R

Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-{4-[5-(4-aryl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethanol, for example, 2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethanol (XX-011, described above), following the scheme illustrated below. In general, after conversion of the terminal alcohol into a leaving group such as a mesylate, displacement by an amine may be performed under microwave conditions or thermal conditions.

Synthesis 48 Methanesulfonic acid 2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethyl ester

2-{4-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethanol (XX-011) (0.48 g, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). Triethyl amine (0.805 mL, 5.8 mmol) was added and the mixture cooled to 00° C., then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.39 mL, 5.05 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was washed with 5% sodium hydrogencarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo and used without further purification. LCMS method: 1, RT: 5.11 min, MI:455 [M+1].

Synthesis 49 {4-[2-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-025)

Methanesulfonic acid 2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethyl ester (0.05 g, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (1 mL). N-Benzylmethylamine (0.071 mL, 0.55 mmol) and triethylamine (0.076 mL, 0.55 mmol) were added and the reaction was heated to 130° C. for 15 minutes in the microwave. The reaction mixture was transferred to a vial and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.86 min, MI: 466 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-025 RT: 2.86 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-026 RT: 2.53 min, MI: 420, Method: 2 XX-027 RT: 2.37 min, MI: 447, Method: 2 XX-028 RT: 2.68 min, MI: 453, Method: 2 XX-029 RT: 2.70 min, MI: 467, Method: 2 XX-030 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 471, Method: 2 XX-031 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 434, Method: 2 XX-032 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 467, Method: 2 XX-033 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 467, Method: 2 XX-034 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 481, Method: 2 XX-067 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 495, Method: 2 XX-065 RT: 2.50 min, MI: 434, Method: 2 XX-064 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 480, Method: 2

The following compounds were also synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. LCMS XX-157 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 476, Method: 2 XX-158 RT: 2.95 min, MI: 494, Method: 2 XX-312 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 472, Method: 2 XX-329 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 474, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure S

Compound was synthesised starting from {4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 50 N-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-benzene-1,3-diamine (XX-061)

{4-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.08 g, 0.186 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature then neutralised with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dimethylacetamide and purified by prep LCMS. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.91 min, MI: 332.

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-061 RT: 2.91 min, MI: 332, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure T

Compounds were synthesised starting from the Boc protected 5-aryl(4-piperazin-1-yl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl-amine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 51 [5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-(4-piperazin-1-yl-phenyl)-amine (XX-023)

A solution of 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (XX-009) (0.05 g, 0.208 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was stirred for 2 hours. Saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate was added to neutrality and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2, RT: 3.18 min; MI: 401 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 2.47-2.52 (m, 4H), 3.08-3.15 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.55-7.61 (m, 3H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 9.37 (s, 1H)

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-023 RT: 3.18 min; MI: 401; Method: 2 XX-058 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 411, Method: 2 XX-060 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 429, Method: 2 XX-059 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 413, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure U

Compounds were synthesised starting from the phthalimido-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-phenyl-amines (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the phthalimido group may be removed by hydrazinolysis in a refluxing solvent such as ethanol.

Synthesis 52 [4-(3-Amino-propoxy)-phenyl]-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-041)

To a solution of 2-(3-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-propyl)-isoindole-1,3-dione (XX-039) (0.1 g, 0.192 mmol)) in ethanol (2 mL), hydrazine hydrate (0.05 mL, 0.192 mmol) was added and the solution was refluxed overnight. After removal of the volatiles under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 2.62 min, MI: 390 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-046 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 376, Method: 2 XX-045 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 390, Method: 2 XX-041 RT: 2.53 min; MI: 390; Method 1

General Synthesis Procedure V

Compounds were synthesised starting from the [5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[(3-dimethylamino-propenyl)-phenyl]-amines (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the alkene may be reduced using palladium catalysed hydrolysis in a solvent such as ethanol.

Synthesis 53 [5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[3-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)-phenyl]-amine (XX-115)

[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxan-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[3-((E)-3-dimethylamino-propenyl)-phenyl]-amine (80 mg, 0.186 mmol) was dissolved in degassed ethanol (10 ml) and 5% palladium on carbon (50 mg) was added. The flask was evacuated then back-filled with nitrogen, which was repeated 3 times and the flask evacuated one final time. A balloon of hydrogen was attached to the flask and the solution was stirred overnight. The reaction was filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate and concentrated in vacuo then purified by prep LCMS. LCMS Method: 2, RT: 2.64 min; MI: 430 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. LCMS XX-115 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 430, Method: 2 XX-137 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 430, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure W

Compounds were synthesised starting from boc-protected (2-{4-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]phenoxy}-alkyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl esters (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising MP-TsOH or trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 54 [4-((S)-2-Amino-propoxy)-phenyl]-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-143)

((S)-2-{4-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-propyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (100 mg, 0.196 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 ml) and MP-TsOH (1 g, 3.23 mmol) added. The mixture was shaken overnight at room temperature. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with methanol. The product was then cleaved from the resin with 2M ammonia in methanol. The eluant was concentrated in vacuo and the product was purified by prep LCMS.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. LCMS XX-138 RT: 2.6 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-141 RT: 2.6 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-142 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 418, Method: 2 XX-143 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 418, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure X

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, stirring the starting material with sodium thiomethoxide in dimethylformamide at 60° C. formed the methylsulfanyl derivative. This was then followed by a Buchwald reaction to introduce the first aryl group and subsequently a copper-mediated Suzuki type reaction to introduce the second aryl group.

Synthesis 55 5-Methylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (20 g, 93.9 mmol) in dimethylformamide (60 mL) was added sodium thiomethoxide (8.60 g, 122 mmol) portionwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool, water added (350 mL) and the product collected by filtration to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 15.7 g, 93%; LCMS method: 3, RT: 1.38 min, MI: 181 [M+1].

Synthesis 56 (5-Methylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine

A microwave vial containing 5-methylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (13.5 g, 74.9 mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (20.2 mL, 97.3 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (3.42 g, 3.74 mmol), xantphos (4.33 g, 7.49 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (14.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (90 mL) was heated under microwave radiation (150° C., 10 min). N,N-Dimethylacetamide (1 mL) was added to assist with microwave absorption. The volatiles were removed under rotary evaporation and the product then purified by graduated flash column chromatography (2-10% methanol: dichloromethane) to provide a pale brown solid. Yield: 19.3 g, 70%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.28 min, MI: 370 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d 2H), 6.64 (d, 1H), 4.11 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.64 (s, 7H), 1.81 (s, 4H).

Synthesis 57 [5-(4-Methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-215)

(5-Methylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (50 mg, 0.135 mmol), 4-methanesulfonyloxybenzeneboronic acid (60 mg, 0.300 mmol), copper(I)thiophene carboxylate (575 mg, 0.300 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (16 mg, 0.014 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (1.2 mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar. The mixture was heated under microwave irradiation to 150° C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture was loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Having removed all solvents under rotary evaporation, the product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 3, RT: 2.39 min, MI: 478 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.47 (d, 2H), 7.03 (t, 1H), 6.92 (t, 3H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 3.19 (t, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 4H), 1.89 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-216 RT: 3.06 min, MI: 476, Method: 3 XX-419 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 486, Method: 2 XX-420 RT: 2.92 min, MI: 486.32, Method: 2 XX-421 RT: 2.84 min, MI: 460.33, Method: 2 XX-422 RT: 3.14 min, MI: 484.3, Method: 2 XX-423 RT: 2.68 min, MI: 508.37, Method: 2 XX-213 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 414, Method: 2 XX-201 RT: 2.56 min, MI: 406, Method: 2 XX-215 RT: 2.39 min, MI: 478, Method: 3 XX-200 RT: 2.37 min, MI: 431, Method: 2 XX-217 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 444, Method: 3 XX-212 RT: 2.73 min, MI: 414, Method: 2 XX-218 RT: 2.81 min, MI: 468, Method: 3 XX-361 RT: 2.41 min, MI: 433, Method: 2 XX-219 RT: 2.03 min, MI: 401, Method: 3 XX-237 RT: 2.32 min, MI: 430, Method: 3 XX-090 RT: 2.33 min, MI: 430, Method: 3 XX-239 RT: 2.36 min, MI: 471, Method: 3 XX-236 RT: 2.48 min, MI: 443, Method: 2 XX-240 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 448, Method: 3 XX-241 RT: 2.36 min, MI: 457, Method: 3 XX-362 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 435, Method: 2 XX-347 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 467.35, Method: 2 XX-242 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 450, Method: 3 XX-357 RT: 2.43 min, MI: 433, Method: 2 XX-243 RT: 2.46 min, MI: 434, Method: 3 XX-244 RT: 2.90 min, MI: 484, Method: 3 XX-207 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-363 RT: 2.34 min, MI: 442, Method: 2 XX-358 RT: 2.38 min, MI: 447, Method: 2 XX-210 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 434, Method: 2 XX-245 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 460, Method: 3 XX-208 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 442, Method: 2 XX-246 RT: 2.55 min, MI: 490, Method: 3 XX-247 RT: 3.04 min, MI: 492, Method: 3 XX-209 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 472, Method: 2 XX-248 RT: 2.01 min, MI: 471, Method: 3 XX-211 RT: 2.45 min, MI: 434, Method: 2 XX-206 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 443, Method: 2 XX-156 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 515, Method: 2 XX-199 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-269 RT: 2.30 min, MI: 457, Method: 2 XX-205 RT: 2.37 min, MI: 457, Method: 2 XX-270 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 480, Method: 2 XX-278 RT: 3.02 min, MI: 506, Method: 2 XX-279 RT: 2.79 min, MI: 428, Method: 2 XX-359 RT: 2.42 min, MI: 451, Method: 2 XX-280 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-204 RT: 2.09 min, MI: 415, Method: 2 XX-281 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 439, Method: 2 XX-282 RT: 2.80 min, MI: 451, Method: 2 XX-283 RT: 2.37 min, MI: 478, Method: 2 XX-360 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 461, Method: 2 XX-291 RT: 2.89 min, MI: 502, Method: 2 XX-194 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 430, Method: 2 XX-292 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 428, Method: 2 XX-293 RT: 2.88 min, MI: 440, Method: 2 XX-364 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 443, Method: 2 XX-195 RT: 2.81 min, MI: 468, Method: 2 XX-294 RT: 2.88 min, MI: 456, Method: 2 XX-297 RT: 2.86 min, MI: 468, Method: 2 XX-298 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 468, Method: 2 XX-299 RT: 2.69 min, MI: 440, Method: 2 XX-365 RT: 2.73 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-214 RT: 3.02 min, MI: 470, Method: 2 XX-235 RT: 2.43 min, MI: 431, Method: 2 XX-202 RT: 2.29 min, MI: 390, Method: 2 XX-089 RT: 2.73 min, MI: 472, Method: 2 XX-331 RT: 5.05 min, MI: 458, Method: basic XX-333 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-334 RT: 2.73 min, MI: 448, Method: 2 XX-196 RT: 2.49 min, MI: 434, Method: 2 XX-335 RT: 3.04 min, MI: 536, Method: 2 XX-336 RT: 3.10 min, MI: 540, Method: 2 XX-337 RT: 2.79 min, MI: 444, Method: 2 XX-338 RT: 3.08 min, MI: 536, Method: 2 XX-339 RT: 3.16 min, MI: 540, Method: 2 XX-340 RT: 3.07 min, MI: 536, Method: 2 XX-183 RT: 2.18 min, MI: 443, Method: 2 XX-197 RT: 2.32 min, MI: 432, Method: 2 XX-198 RT: 2.07 min, MI: 444, Method: 2 XX-203 RT: 2.55 min, MI: 390, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure Y

Compounds were synthesised starting from {5-[3-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine or {5-[4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. The para-methoxybenzyl group can be removed using trifluoroacetic acid or any other conditions known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 58 3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenol (XX-256)

{5-[3-(4-Methoxy-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (2.90 g, 5.41 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 2 hours. Neutralisation was performed by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The aqueous was extracted twice with dichloromethane, then the combined organics were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound. Yield 2.01 g, 89%. 50 mg was purified by preparatory HPLC.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-256 RT: 2.39 min, MI: 416, Method: 2 XX-151 RT: 2.40 min, MI: 416, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure Z

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenols (described above) following the scheme below.

Synthesis 59 [4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-{5-[3-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amine (XX-175)

Tetrahydrofurfuryl bromide (20 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenol (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) and potassium carbonate (25 mg, 0.18 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1.5 ml).

The mixture was heated overnight at 80° C. then cooled and transferred to a vial for purification by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.70 min, MI: 500.22, Method: 2.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-175 RT: 2.70 min, MI: 500, Method: 2 XX-330 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 540, Method: basic XX-332 RT: 3.86 min, MI: 508, Method: basic XX-146 RT: 2.76 min, MI: 500; Method: 2 XX-148 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 454, Method: 2 XX-341 RT: 2.56 min, MI: 448, Method: 2 XX-400 RT: 3.1 min, MI: 520, Method: 2 XX-401 RT: 3.21 min, MI: 574, Method: 2 XX-402 RT: 3.16 min, MI: 574, Method: 2 XX-403 RT: 2.85 min, MI: 563, Method: 2 XX-404 RT: 3.31 min, MI: 472, Method: 2 XX-405 RT: 5.26 min, MI: 458, Method: 2 XX-406 RT: 3.67 min, MI: 556, Method: 2 XX-407 RT: 3.23 min, MI: 560, Method: 2 XX-457 MI: 520.40, RT: 5.71 min, Method: basic XX-458 MI: 574.36, RT: 5.80 min, Method: basic XX-459 MI: 577.44, RT: 2.77 min, Method: 2 XX-460 MI: 524.40, RT: 2.63 min, Method: 2 XX-461 MI: 604.44, RT: 3.15 min, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure AA

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenols (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. Triflate formation may be accomplished using N-phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) or any other method known to one skilled in the art. The subsequent bi-aryl can be formed using Suzuki chemistry utilising tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or another suitable catalyst.

Synthesis 60 Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl ester

N-Phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (0.51 g, 1.44 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenol 0.4 g, 0.96 mmol) and triethylamine (0.27 ml, 1.92 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Water was added and the product extracted into dichloromethane (×2). The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.53 g, 100%. LCMS RT: 5.08 min, MI: 548, Method: 2.

Synthesis 61 (5-Biphenyl-3-yl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-164)

A microwave vial was charged with trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl ester (50 mg, 0.09 mmol), benzeneboronic acid (15 mg, 0.12 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (10 mg, 0.009 mmol), potassium phosphate (0.5M in water, 0.36 ml, 0.18 mmol) and N,N′-dimethylacetamide (1 ml). The reaction was heated to 150° C. for 10 minutes under microwave irradiation. The mixture was then filtered through a plug of silica, washed with methanol and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory LCMS to yield the desired product. RT: 2.96 min, MI: 476.22, Method: 2

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-164 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 476, Method: 2 XX-188 RT: 2.9 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-165 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-185 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-166 RT: 2.91 min, MI: 482, Method: 2 XX-167 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-186 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 482, Method: 2 XX-187 RT: 2.49 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-168 RT: 2.86 min, MI: 466, Method: 2 XX-191 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 495, Method: 2 XX-149 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 480, Method: 2 XX-189 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 480, Method: 2 XX-169 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 480, Method: 2 XX-190 RT: 2.75 min, MI: 495, Method: 2 XX-170 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 508, Method: 2 XX-171 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 480, Method: 2 XX-172 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 494, Method: 2 XX-463 MI: 496.30, RT: 3.00 min, Method: 2 XX-464 MI: 495.32, RT: 2.66 min, Method: 2 XX-465 MI: 490.37, RT: 3.04 min, Method: 2 XX-466 MI: 478.30, RT: 2.22 min, Method: 2 XX-467 MI: 494.34, RT: 2.96 min, Method: 2 XX-468 MI: 506.35, RT: 2.93 min, Method: 2 XX-469 MI: 478.30, RT: 2.45 min, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure BB

Compounds were synthesised starting from (3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. The Boc group can be removed using trifluoroacetic acid or any other conditions known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 62 [5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-255)

(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.39 g, 2.71 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (10 ml) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 2 hours. Neutralisation was performed by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane, and the combined organics washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulgate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound. Yield 830 mg, 74%. 50 mg was purified by preparatory LCMS.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-255 RT: 2.17 min, MI: 415, Method: 2 XX-184 RT: 2.32 min, MI: 415, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure BB

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-amines following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the aniline with an acyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to generate the corresponding amide.

Synthesis 63 N-(4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-benzamide (XX-221)

To a stirred suspension of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05 g, 0.121 mmol) and triethylamine (19 μl, 0.133 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added benzoyl chloride (17 μl, 0.133 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered through a plug of silica, washed with methanol and the filtrates combined and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory LCMS to provide the desired product. RT: 2.77 min, MI: 519, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.07 (2H, d), 7.97 (2H, d), 7.92 (d, 2H) 7.54-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.01 (1H, d), 6.85 (d, 2H), 4.31 (t, 2H), 3.37 (t, 2H), 3.26 (s, 4H), 3.12 (s, 1H), 2.99 (s, 1H), 2.02 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-221 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 519, Method: 2 XX-220 RT: 2.91 min, MI: 553; 555, Method: 2 XX-222 RT: 2.98 min, MI: 566; Method: 2 XX-249 RT: 2.40 min, MI: 520; Method: 2 XX-250 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 510; Method: 2 XX-251 RT: 2.69 min, MI: 524; Method: 2 XX-177 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 553, Method: 2 XX-178 RT: 2.55 min, MI: 483, Method: 2 XX-179 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 519, Method: 2 XX-180 RT: 2.43 min, MI: 520, Method: 2 XX-181 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 509, Method: 2 XX-182 RT: 2.83 min, MI: 561, Method: 2 XX-192 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 510, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure CC

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amines (described above) following the scheme below. Amides can be formed using any amide coupling reagents such as HBTU in the presence of base known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 64 2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-N-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-acetamide (XX-227)

[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (50 mg, 0.121 mmol), 3-chlorophenylacetic acid (25 mg, 0.145 mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (25 μL, 0.145 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylacetamide (1 ml). HBTU (55 mg, 0.145 mmol) was subsequently added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.9 min, MI: 567, Method: 2.

Compounds were made starting from 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester as shown in the scheme below. In general, methylation can be performed using methyl iodide and any strong non-nucleophilic base such as lithium hexamethyldisilizane. The carboxylic acid can be formed by either acid or base catalysed hydrolysis of the ester.

Synthesis 65 2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester

Methyl 3-chlorophenylacetate (0.5 g, 2.71 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) was added dropwise to a −78° C. solution of 1M lithium hexamethyldisilizane in tetrahydrofuran (3.25 ml, 3.25 mmol). After 30 min, iodomethane (0.2 ml, 3.25 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, warmed to room temperature, and stirred for 4 hr. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. Water was added and the product extracted into ethyl acetate (×2). The organics were combined, washed with aqueous sodium thiosulphate then brine, dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.47 g, 87%. LCMS RT: 4.78 min, MI: 199-201, Method: 2.

Synthesis 66 2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid

Lithium hydroxide (0.17 g, 7.10 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.47 g, 2.366 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran, water and methanol (4:1:1, 12 ml). The mixture was stirred overnight and the volatiles evaporated in vacuo. The mixture was basified by addition of aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous was then acidified with 2M HCl and the product extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.4 g, 91%. NMR 1H (300 MHz, DMSO): 1.36 (d, 3H), 3.72 (q, 1H), 7.23-7.38 (m, 4ArH), 12.48 (bs, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-227 RT: 2.9 min, MI: 567, Method: 2 XX-228 RT: 3.02 min, MI: 581, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure DD

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-amines following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the aniline with an aldehyde can be performed in the presence of MP-CNBH₃ and acetic acid to generate the desired amine.

Synthesis 67 {5-[4-(3-Chloro-benzylamino)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-223)

To a stirred suspension of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05 g, 0.121 mmol) and MP-CNBH₃ (180 mg, 0.360 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added acetic acid (6 μl, 0.121 mmol) followed by 3-chlorobenzaldehyde (15 μl, 0.133 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. RT: 3.09 min, MI: 539, Method: 2; ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.90 (2H, d), 7.50-7.27 (m, 8H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.30 (t, 2H), 3.37 (t, 2H), 3.26 (s, 4H), 2.03 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-223 RT: 3.09 min, MI: 539, Method: 2 XX-252 RT: 2.9 min, MI: 505, Method: 2 XX-265 RT: 3.07 min, MI: 519, Method: 2 XX-266 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 535, Method: 2 XX-267 RT: 3.05 min, MI: 519, Method: 2 XX-268 RT: 2.8 min, MI: 495, Method: 2 XX-257 RT: 2.79 min, MI: 495, Method: 2 XX-258 RT: 2.11 min, MI: 509, Method: 2 XX-259 RT: 2.17 min, MI: 509, Method: 2 XX-260 RT: 2.58 min, MI: 512, Method: 2 XX-261 RT: 2.29 min, MI: 495, Method: 2 XX-262 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 523, Method: 2 XX-263 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 540, Method: 2 XX-394 RT: 4.25 min, MI: 526 Method: 2 XX-395 RT: 4.97 min, MI: 509, Method: 2 XX-396 RT: 2.61 min, MI: 509.36, Method: 2 XX-397 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 524.35, Method: 2 XX-398 RT: 2.92 min, MI: 505.35, Method: 2 XX-399 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 471.33, Method: 2 XX-442 MI: 506.35, RT: 2.13 min, Method: 2 XX-443 MI: 524.32, RT: 2.61 min, Method: 2 XX-444 MI: 469.30, RT: 2.52 min, Method: 2 XX-445 MI: 572.35, RT: 2.91 min, Method: 2 XX-446 MI: 510.32, RT: 2.60 min, Method: 2 XX-447 MI: 566.34, RT: 2.79 min, Method: 2 XX-448 MI: 563.34, RT: 2.96 min, Method: 2 XX-449 MI: 523.37, RT: 2.03 min, Method: 2 XX-450 MI: 565.37, RT: 2.85 min, Method: 2 XX-451 MI: 535.37, RT: 2.83 min, Method: 2 XX-452 MI: 535.37, RT: 2.85 min, Method: 2 XX-453 MI: 535.37, RT: 2.82 min, Method: 2 XX-454 MI: 519.37, RT: 2.96 min, Method: 2 XX-455 MI: 519.37, RT: 2.95 min, Method: 2 XX-456 MI: 523.36, RT: 2.89 min, Method: 2 XX-238 MI: 523.35, RT: 2.88 min, Method: 2 XX-264 MI: 523.36, RT: 2.91 min, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure EE

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-amines following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the aniline with a sulfonyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to produce the corresponding sulfonamide.

Synthesis 68 4-Methoxy-N-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (XX-254)

To a stirred solution of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05 g, 0.121 mmol) in dichloromethane, triethylamine (221, 0.154 mmol) followed by 3-methoxybenzylsulfonyl chloride (15 μl, 0.133 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. RT: 2.77 min, MI: 585, Method: 2; ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.81 (d, 2H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 2H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.70 (s, 4H), 1.75 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-253 RT: 2.42 min, MI: 493; Method: 2 XX-254 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 585; Method: 2 XX-271 RT: 2.84 min, MI: 569; Method: 2 XX-277 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 612; Method: 2 XX-224 RT: 2.33 min, MI: 493, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure FF

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amines (described above) following the scheme below. Ureas can be formed by reaction of the aniline with an isocyanate in an appropriate solvent.

Synthesis 69 1-Phenyl-3-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-urea (XX-174)

[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (50 mg, 0.121 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (3 ml). Phenylisocyanate (0.12 ml, 0.131 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. RT: 2.78 min, MI: 534, Method: 2. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 1.76 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 4H), 2.99 (t, 2H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.94 (t, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.26 (t, 2H), 7.34-7.66 (m, 9H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 9.43 (bs, 1H), 9.68 (bs, 1H), 9.81 (s, br, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-174 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 534, Method: 2 XX-176 RT: 3.04 min, MI: 568, Method: 2 XX-225 RT: 3.14 min, MI: 602, Method: 2 XX-229 RT: 2.83 min, MI: 564, Method: 2 XX-230 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 564, Method: 2 XX-231 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 564, Method: 2 XX-232 RT: 2.91 min, MI: 568, Method: 2 XX-233 RT: 3.11 min, MI: 568, Method: 2 XX-234 RT: 3.14 min, MI: 602, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure FF

Compounds were synthesised starting from (3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. The Boc group can be removed using trifluoroacetic acid or any other conditions known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 70 [5-(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-308)

(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (1.78 g, 3.37 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (20 ml) was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Neutralisation was performed by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane, and the combined organics washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound. Yield: 460 mg, 32%. 50 mg was purified by preparatory HPLC.

The following compound was synthesised using this method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-308 RT: 1.93 min, MI: 429, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure GG

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the amine with an acyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to generate the corresponding amide.

Synthesis 71 3-Methyl-N-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)-butyramide (XX-325)

To a stirred suspension of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.03 g, 0.07 mmol) and triethylamine (11 μl, 0.077 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added isovaleryl chloride (10 μl, 0.077 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered through a plug of silica, washed with methanol and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.54 min, MI: 513, Method: 2; ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.38 (t, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 4H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 4.36 (d, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 2.55 (s, 4H), 1.98 (s, 2H), 1.66 (s, 5H), 0.82 (s, 6H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-325 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 513, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure HH

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (described above) following the scheme below. Ureas can be formed by reaction of the aniline with an isocyanate in an appropriate solvent.

Synthesis 72 1-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-3-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)-urea (XX-348)

[5-(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (40 mg, 0.093 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 ml). 3-Chlorophenyl isocyanate (13 μl, 0.103 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.86 min, MI: 582, Method: 2. ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.66-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.01 (t, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 4.39 (d, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 2.53 (s, 4H), 1.67 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-348 RT: 2.86 min, MI: 582, Method: 2 XX-373 RT: 2.50 min, MI: 514, Method: 2 XX-372 RT: 2.63 min, MI: 528, Method: 2 XX-371 RT: 2.70 min, MI: 548, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure II

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the amine with a sulfonyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to produce the corresponding sulfonamide.

Synthesis 73 Butane-1-sulfonic acid 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzylamide (XX-324)

To a stirred solution of [5-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.03 g, 0.070 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added triethylamine (13 μl, 0.091 mmol) followed by butanesulfonyl chloride (11 μl, 0.084 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to provide the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.66 min, MI: 549, Method: 2; ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.65 (m, 6H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.93 (t, 2H), 2.70 (s, 4H), 2.45 (dd, 2H), 1.74 (s, 4H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.28 (m, 2H), 0.82 (m, 3H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-324 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 549; Method: 2 XX-370 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 583; Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure JJ

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl esters (described above) as shown in the scheme below. In general, the carboxylic acid can be formed by either acid or base catalysed ester hydrolysis. Oxadiazole synthesis can be accomplished by refluxing with a suitable hydrazide in phosphorus oxychloride or by any other means known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 74 3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid

3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl ester (1.28 g, 2.71 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 ml) and potassium hydroxide (0.45 g, 8.12 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hrs. Upon cooling the solvent was removed in vacuo and aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate added to the residue. The basic aqueous layer was washed with dichloromethane, then neutralised with 2M HCl and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration, washed with water and toluene, then dried under vacuum to give the desired product. Yield: 0.64 g, 53%. LCMS RT: 2.45 min, MI: 444, Method: 2.

Synthesis 75 {5-[3-(5-Phenyl-[1,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-309)

Phosphorus oxychloride (5 ml) was added dropwise to 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (50 mg, 0.113 mmol) and benzohydrazide (15 mg, 0.113 mmol). The solution was heated to reflux overnight. Once cooled the reaction mixture was added gradually to ice/water. The solution was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and subsequently extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS RT: 2.80 min, MI: 544, Method: 2.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-309 RT: 2.80 min, MI: 544, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure KK

Compounds were synthesised starting from 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl ester (described above) as shown in the scheme below.

Synthesis 76 (3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-methanol (XX-090)

To a slurry of lithium aluminium hydride (82.6 mg, 2.12 mmol) in diethylether (10 mL) was added 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl ester (0.50 g, 1.06 mmol) portionwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hrs. Water was added to quench the hydride and the aqueous layer was removed. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo, and the crude product loaded onto an SCX column, which was washed with methanol and the product eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol, then concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 0.35 g, 76%. A small amount was purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.32, MI: 430, Method: 2.

Synthesis 77 [5-(3-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-341)

(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-methanol (0.35 g, 0.815 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). Triethylamine (508 uμL, 3.670 mmol) was added and the mixture cooled to 0° C., then methanesulfonyl chloride (252 μL, 3.260 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. A small sample of the desired product was purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.56 min, MI: 448 and 450.18, Method: 2.

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-341 RT: 2.56 min, MI: 448, 450, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure LL

Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acids (described above) as shown in the scheme below. In general the biaryl ketones can be obtained by reaction of a Weinreb amide with a Grignard reagent.

Synthesis 78 N-Methoxy-N-methyl-3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzamide

3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (0.2 g, 0.451 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (5 ml). N—O-Dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (53 mg, 0.541 mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (0.19 ml, 1.08 mmol) were added followed by HBTU (0.21 g, 0.541 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate was added. The product was extracted into dichloromethane (×2), and the combined organics washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.2 g, 91%. LCMS RT: 2.41 min, MI: 487 Method: 2.

Synthesis 79 Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-methanone (XX-310)

A solution of 3-amino-6-phenyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide (50 mg, 0.10 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml) was cooled to 0° C. and 3,4-(methylenedioxy)phenyl-magnesium bromide (1 M in tetrahydrofuran/toluene) (1.0 ml, 1.0 mmol) was added dropwise under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and stirred for an hour. The product was initially purified over an SCX cartridge then by preparatory HPLC. LCMS RT: 2.77 min, MI: 548, Method: 2

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-310 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 548, Method: 2 XX-313 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 538, Method: 2 XX-314 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 538, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure MM

Compounds were synthesised starting from 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (described above) as shown in the scheme below. Amide synthesis can be accomplished using HBTU or coupling reagents or by any other means known to one skilled in the art.

Synthesis 80 N-(4-Chloro-benzyl)-3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzamide (XX-462)

To a stirred solution of 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (50 mg, 0.113 mmol), 4-chlorobenzylamine (27.5 μL, 0.226 mmol), EDC (44 mg, 0.226 mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (98.5 μL, 0.564 mmol) was added HOBt (31 mg, 0.226 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and the desired product purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 4.63 min, MI: 567.31, Method: basic. ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.43 (s, 1H), 9.22 (t, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.19 (t, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.63 (m, 6H), 7.36 (s, 3H), 7.24 (dd, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 4.50 (d, 2H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 2.50 (d, 2H), 2.36 (s, 2H), 1.69 (m, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation X-301 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 499, Method: 2 XX-321 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 553, Method: 2 XX-322 RT: 2.87 min, MI: 553, Method: 2 XX-462 MI: 567.31, RT: 4.63 min, Method: basic

General Synthesis Procedure NN

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, this compound was reacted with 1-benzylpyrazole-4-boronic acid pinacol ester under standard Suzuki conditions using tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium as a catalyst. A Buchwald reaction was then used to install an aryl group, Ar₁, and deprotection of the benzyl group carried out under hydrogenation conditions to provide the free pyrazole.

Synthesis 81 5-(1-Benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

A vial was charged with 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (2.00 g, 9.39 mmol), 1-benzylpyrazole-4-boronic acid, pinacol ester (3.20 g, 11.3 mmol), potassium phosphate (4.00 g, 18.8 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.10 g, 0.94 mmol). Dimethylacetamide (24 ml) and water (8 ml) were added and the reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation to 150° C. for 10 min. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water, and the aqueous phase extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed several times with water, once with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Trituration in the minimum amount of dichloromethane and diethyl ether afforded an orange solid which required no further purification. Yield: 1.82 g, 67%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.37 min, MI: 291 [M+1].

Synthesis 82 [5-(1-Benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-193)

A microwave vial containing 5-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (6.42 g, 22.1 mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (5.1 mL, 24.3 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.633 g, 1.11 mmol), xantphos (1.28 g, 2.22 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (4.34 g, 44.2 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) was heated under microwave irradiation (130° C., 15 min). Dimethylacetamide (2.5 mL) was added to assist with microwave absorption. The volatiles were removed under rotary evaporation, and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics washed with water followed by brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo and after trituration with the minimum amount of dichloromethane in diethylether afforded a pale yellow solid. Yield: 8.12 g, 77%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.52 min, MI: 480 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-193 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 480; Method: 2

Synthesis 83 [5-(1H-Pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-202)

[5-(1-Benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (1.66 g, 3.46 mmol) and palladium hydroxide (1.6 g) were suspended in methanol (50 mL) and conc. HCl (1 mL) added. The suspension was then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at 50° C. for 18 hours after which the catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Sodium carbonate (50% sat.) was added, and the precipitate, a pale brown solid, collected by filtration. Yield: 1.22 g, 90%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.13 min, MI: 390 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (DMSO): 1.75-1.85 (m, 4H), 2.92-2.98 (m, 4H), 3.16 (t, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-202 RT: 2.13 min, MI: 390; Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure 00

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with a sulfonyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to produce the corresponding sulfonamide.

Synthesis 84 [5-(1-Methanesulfonyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-276)

To a stirred solution of [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05 g, 0.128 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added triethylamine (23 μl, 0.166 mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (12 μl, 0.154 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. RT: 2.41 min, MI: 468, Method: 2; ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 2H), 7.69-7.54 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.67 (s, 4H), 1.74 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-276 RT: 2.14 min, MI: 468; Method: 2 XX-284 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 510; Method: 2 XX-285 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 564; Method: 2 XX-286 RT: 2.71 min, MI: 558; Method: 2 XX-287 RT: 2.74 min, MI: 612; Method: 2 XX-288 RT: 2.70 min, MI: 578; Method: 2 XX-389 RT: 2.45 min, MI: 513, Method: 2 XX-289 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 560; Method: 2 XX-295 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 558; Method: 2 XX-296 RT: 2.66 min, MI: 510; Method: 2 XX-374 RT: 4.08 min, MI: 482; Method: basic XX-375 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 494; Method: 2 XX-376 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 587; Method: 2 XX-377 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 514; Method: 2 XX-378 RT: 2.79 min, MI: 564; Method: 2 XX-379 RT: 2.96 min, MI: 538; Method: 2 XX-380 RT: 2.60 min, MI: 496; Method: 2 XX-381 RT: 2.81 min, MI: 536; Method: 2 XX-382 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 550; Method: 2 XX-383 RT: 2.64 min, MI: 510; Method: 2 XX-384 RT: 2.84 min, MI: 524; Method: 2 XX-385 RT: 2.74 min, MI: 549; Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure PP

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with a halo-alkyl can be performed in the presence of potassium carbonate to produce the corresponding alkylated amine.

Synthesis 85 [5-(1-Butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-303)

To a stirred solution of [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05 g, 0.128 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (1 ml) was added potassium carbonate (265 mg, 0.192 mmol) followed by 1-bromobutane (13 μl, 0.115 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. LCMS: RT: 2.56 min, MI: 446, Method: 2; ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 9.42 (s, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, 2H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 4.26 (t, 2H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.96 (t, 2H), 2.72 (s, 4H), 1.88 (t, 2H), 1.83 (s, 4H), 1.30 (dd, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-303 RT: 2.56 min, MI: 446; Method: 2 XX-290 RT: 2.72 min MI: 494;, Method: 2 XX-302 RT: 2.36 min, MI: 428; Method: 2 XX-304 RT: 2.75 min, MI: 514; Method: 2 XX-305 RT: 2.41 min, MI: 485; Method: 2 XX-306 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 494; Method: 2 XX-307 RT: 2.10 min, MI: 434; Method: 2 XX-315 RT: 3.75 min, MI: 418; Method: basic XX-316 RT: 4.05 min, MI: 445; Method: basic XX-317 RT: 2.42 min, MI: 514; Method: 2 XX-318 RT: 2.42 min, MI: 432; Method: 2 XX-319 RT: 2.77 min, MI: 474; Method: 2 XX-320 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 460, Method: 2 XX-328 RT: 2.41 min, MI: 416.; Method: 2 XX-273 RT: 2.82 min, MI: 548, Method: 2 XX-342 RT: 2.14 min, MI: 447; Method: 2 XX-343 RT: 2.74 min, MI: 460; Method: 2 XX-344 RT: 2.42 min, MI: 474; Method: 2 XX-345 RT: 2.84 min, MI: 474; Method: 2 XX-346 RT: 2.56 min, MI: 508; Method: 2 XX-349 RT: 2.35 min, MI: 448; Method: 2 XX-350 RT: 2.81 min, MI: 508; Method: 2 XX-351 RT: 2.33 min, MI: 443; Method: 2 XX-352 RT: 2.78 min, MI: 514; Method: 2 XX-353 RT: 2.72 min, MI: 460; Method: 2 XX-354 RT: 2.74 min, MI: 515; Method: 2 XX-356 RT: 2.83 min, MI: 486; Method: 2 XX-366 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 564; Method: 2 XX-367 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 498; Method: 2 XX-369 RT: 2.56 min, MI: 510; Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure QQ

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with 2-chloroethanol in the presence of potassium carbonate provided an alcohol, which was reacted with methane sulfonyl chloride to generate the corresponding methane sulfonate. Reaction with a mercaptam in the presence of potassium carbonate afforded the desired thiol.

Synthesis 86 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethanol (XX-307)

To a stirred solution of [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.40 g, 1.03 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 ml) was added potassium carbonate (2 g) followed by 1-chloroethanol (140 μl, 2.06 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a yellow solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.45 g, 89%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.10 min, MI: 434 [M+1].

Synthesis 87 Methanesulfonic acid 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethyl ester (XX-091)

To a stirred solution of 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethanol (0.55 g, 1.28 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was added triethylamine (450 μl, 3.20 mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (200 μl, 2.56 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and ammonium chloride. The aqueous phase was extracted multiple times with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a white fluffy solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.34 g, 52%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.25 min, MI: 512 [M+1].

Synthesis 88 (5-{1-[2-(5-Amino-4H-[1,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-1H-pyrazol-4-yl}-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-327)

To a stirred solution of methanesulfonic acid 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethyl ester (0.40 g, 0.78 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 ml) was added potassium carbonate (150 mg) followed by 3-amino-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole (19 mg, 0.156 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The title compound was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.15 min, MI: 532 [M+1]; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 2H), 7.58 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 4.51 (t, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.49 (s, 4H), 1.65 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-091 RT: 2.25 min, MI: 512; Method: 2 XX-327 RT: 2.15 min, MI: 532; Method: 2 XX-424 RT: 4.36 min, MI: 547, Method basic XX-426 RT: 2.59 min, MI: 532, Method: 2 XX-427 RT: 4.58 min, MI: 531, Method basic XX-428 RT: 2.28 min, MI: 532, Method: 2 XX-430 RT: 2.34 min, MI: 549, Method: 2 XX-431 RT: 5.05 min, MI: 562, Method basic XX-429 RT: 2.24 min, MI: 531, Method: 2 XX-425 RT: 2.46 min, MI: 533, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure RR

Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with methyl bromoacetate in the presence of caesium carbonate provided an ester, which was hydrolysed with sodium hydroxide to generate the corresponding carboxylic acid. Reaction with an amine under standard coupling conditions afforded the desired amide.

Synthesis 89 (4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester

To a stirred solution of [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.70 g, 1.80 mmol) in dimethylformamide (14 ml) was added caesium carbonate (2 g) followed by methyl bromoacetate (255 μl, 2.70 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase was extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to provide a yellow solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.51 g, 61%; LCMS method: basic, RT: 3.77 min, MI: 462 [M+1].

Synthesis 90 (4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetic acid (XX-440)

To a stirred solution of (4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester (0.51 g, 1.11 mmol) in methanol (10 ml) was added sodium hydroxide (2N, 1 mL) and the mixture stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. All solvents were removed in vacuo to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.40 g, 80%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.36 min, MI: 448 [M+1].

Synthesis 91 N-(2,2-Dimethyl-propyl)-2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetamide (XX-092)

To a stirred solution of (4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetic acid (0.60 g, 0.128 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 ml) was added EDCI (50 mg, 0.256 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (112 μl, 0.640 mmol), HOBT (35 mg, 0.256 mmol) and finally neopentylamine (30 μl, 0.256 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The title compound was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.51 min, MI: 517 [M+1]; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 9.40 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 2.93 (d, 2H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 1.69 (s, 4H), 0.83 (m, 9H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-092 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 517; Method: 2 XX-440 RT: 2.19 min, MI: 448, Method: 2 XX-435 RT: 2.62 min, MI: 557, Method: 2 XX-437 RT: 2.16 min, MI: 487, Method: 2 XX-434 RT: 2.22 min, MI: 489, Method: 2 XX-436 RT: 2.06 min, MI: 491, Method: 2 XX-433 RT: 2.4 min, MI: 537, Method: 2 XX-432 RT: 2.46 min, MI: 523, Method: 2 XX-441 RT: 2.26 min, MI: 489, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure SS

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, addition of an amine to the bromo derivative led to the di-amino compound. The final derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standard conditions.

Synthesis 92 N*5*-Cyclopentyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-2,5-diamine

To a solution of 5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.5 g, 2.35 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (2 mL), cyclopentylamine (2.3 mL, 23.5 mmol) was added and the solution was heated under microwave irradiation (180° C., 180 min). The resulting mixture was diluted with water and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organics were washed with water then brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solid (0.5 g) was used without further purification. LCMS1: 2.84 min, 218 [M+1].

Synthesis 93 N*5*-Cyclopentyl-N*2*-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-2,5-diamine (XX-152)

In a microwave vial, N*5*-cyclopentyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-2,5-diamine (0.07 g, 0.322 mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (0.13 g, 0.483 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.01 g, 0.016 mmol), xantphos (0.019 g, 0.032 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.063 g, 0.644 mmol) were added successively. 1,4-Dioxane (1.2 mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation (150° C., 10 min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.51 min, MI:407 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 1.55-1.75 (m, 10H), 2.03-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.84 (t, 2H), 3.93-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 6.10 (d, 1H), 6.15 (d, 1H), 6.69 (d, 1H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.63 (d, 2H), 9.17 (s, 1H).

Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoamyl esters following the scheme illustrated below.

Code No. Characterisation XX-152 RT: 2.51 min, MI: 407, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure TT

Compounds were synthesised from 2-(chloromethyl)-2-methyloxirane as shown in the scheme below.

Synthesis 94 3-Hydroxy-3-methyl-pentanedinitrile

A three-necked flask was fitted with dropping funnel and a thermometer. The flask was placed in an ice bath and filled with nitrogen. Magnesium sulfate heptahydrate (16.84 g, 68.26 mmol) was dissolved in water (80 ml) and added to the flask. The solution was cooled to 10° C. and potassium cyanide (4.88 g, 75.08 mmol) was added. 2-(Chloromethyl)-2-methyloxirane (4.00 g, 37.54 mmol) was added portion-wise and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Dichloromethane was added to the reaction mixture and the product extracted twice. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 3.57 g, 77%, ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): 1.57 (s, 3H), 2.69 (dd, 4H).

Synthesis 95 6-Bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-ylamine

Hydrogen bromide solution (33 wt. % in acetic acid) (17.8 ml, 98.92 mmol) was added dropwise to 3-hydroxy-3-methyl-pentanedinitrile (3.07 g, 24.73 mmol) with stirring. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate was added until neutralised. The resulting white precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give the desired product. Yield 2.55 g, 55%. LCMS MI: 186.89+188.91, RT: 3.16 min, Method: 2.

Synthesis 96 1-(6-Bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea

To a solution of 6-bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-ylamine (0.5 g, 2.67 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) cooled to 5° C. was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (0.32 ml, 2.67 mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature at which it was stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a solid that was collected by filtration and thoroughly washed with cyclohexane to give the desired product. Yield 0.59 g, 69%. LCMS MI: 317.92+319.94, RT: 5.05 min, Method: 2

Synthesis 97 5-Bromo-7-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.65 g, 9.27 mmol) in ethanol/methanol (1:1, 20 ml) was added diisopropylethylamine (0.97 ml, 5.56 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temp. (20° C.) for 1 h. 1-(6-Bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (0.59 g, 1.84 mmol) was added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. Having refluxed overnight the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethylether, then dried in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.19 g, 45%. LCMS MI: 226.91+228.89, RT: 2.52 min, Method: 2

Synthesis 98 5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-7-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

5-Bromo-7-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.19 g, 0.84 mmol), 1,4-benzodioxane-6-boronic acid (0.18 g, 1.00 mmol), palladium(tetrakis)triphenylphosphine (97 mg, 0.084 mmol), potassium phosphate (0.36 g, 1.67 mmol), dimethylacetamide (3 ml) and water (1 ml) were added to a microwave vial containing a stirrer bar. The reaction was heated to 150° C. for 10 min. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the product extracted into ethyl acetate (×2). The organics were combined, washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether and collected by filtration to give the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.82 min, MI: 283.17, Method: 2

Synthesis 99 [5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-7-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-311)

A microwave tube was charged with 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-7-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (50 mg, 0.177 mmol), 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]pyrrolidine (0.05 ml, 0.23 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (8 mg. 0.009 mmol), Xantphos (10 mg, 0.018 mmol), sodium tert butoxide (35 mg, 0.354 mmol) and dioxane (1 ml). Dimethylacetamide (2 drops) was added to assist with microwave absorption. The mixture was heated at 13° C. for 15 min. Upon cooling the reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of silica and washed with methanol. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS RT: 2.67 min, MI: 472, Method: 2. ¹H NMR (DMSO, 300 MHz): 1.79 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 4.33 (brs, 4H), 6.89 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 3H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 9.36 (s, 1H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-311 RT: 2.67 min, MI: 472, Method: 2

General Synthetic Procedure UU

Compounds were synthesised from 2-bromo-3-methoxypyridine as shown in the scheme below.

Synthesis 100 2-Bromo-3-methoxy-6-nitro-pyridine

2-Bromo-3-methoxy-pyridine (1 g, 5.32 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid (2 mL) and a mixture of concentrated sulphuric acid/fuming nitric acid (2 mL/4 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated at 60° C. for 1 h and then poured into ice and basified with ammonium hydroxide. Extraction with chloroform gave the nitro derivative which was used without further purification (1.05 g, 85%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:3.77 min, MI:234 [M+1].

Synthesis 101 2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-methoxy-6-nitro-pyridine

2-Bromo-3-methoxy-6-nitro-pyridine (0.5 g, 2.14 mmol), 1,4-benzodioxane-6-boronic acid (0.5 g, 2.79 mmol) and a mixture of dimethylacetamide/water (10 mL/3 mL) were added to a microwave tube containing potassium phosphate (0.91 g, 4.29 mmol) and palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.4 g, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was heated to 150° C. for 10 min. The solution was added in a separating funnel and water and ethyl acetate were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with water (*2) then brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was used without further purification (0.48 g, 77%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:4.41 min, MI:289 [M+1].

Synthesis 102 6-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylamine

To a solution of N-[4-(6-nitro-pyridin-3-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetamide in methanol (0.48 g, 1.66 mmol) was added 5% Pd/C (0.4 g) and the mixture treated with hydrogen gas at atmospheric pressure. After 19 h, the catalyst was removed by filtration through celite and the solution concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting crude used without further purification (0.41 g, 95%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.57 min, MI:259 [M+1].

Synthesis 103 1-[6-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-4-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl]-3-carboethoxy-thiourea

To a solution of 6-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylamine (0.35 g, 1.35 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) cooled at 5° C. was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (0.16 mL, 1.35 mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature at which it was stirred overnight. Evaporation in vacuo gave a yellow solid which was collected by filtration and thoroughly washed with diethylether. The solid was used without further purification (0.53 g, 100%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:4.84 min, MI:390 [M+1].

Synthesis 104 5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-6-methoxy-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine

To a mixture ethanol/methanol (5 mL/5 mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.47 g, 6.8 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.71 mL, 4.08 mmol) were added successively. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and 1-[6-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-4-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl]-3-carboethoxy-thiourea was added portionwise. The mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid collected by filtration and washed with water followed by methanol. The solid was used without further purification (0.33 g, 80%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.57 min, MI:299 [M+1].

Synthesis 105 [5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-6-methoxy-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-323)

In a microwave vial, 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-6-methoxy-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.05 g, 0.17 mmol), 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]-pyrrolidine (0.068 g, 0.251 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.005 g, 0.008 mmol), Xantphos (0.01 g, 0.017 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.033 g, 0.335 mmol) were added successively. Dioxane (1.2 mL) and dimethylacetamide (2 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (150° C., 10 min). The crude was purified using an SCX cartridge, by washing with methanol and releasing the compound with 2M ammonia in methanol. After concentration under reduced pressure, the crude was purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.52 min, MI:488 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-323 RT: 2.52 min, MI: 488, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure VV

Compounds were synthesised starting from the 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the chloro derivative was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester. The 2-amino-pyrimidine and ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate are stirred in dichloromethane at ambient temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure and washing with an appropriate solvent, the solid was collected via filtration. The thiourea derivative was subjected to a cyclisation procedure, employing hydroxylamine in a protic solvent, to yield intermediate 2-amino-5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine. The aryl-amino derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standards conditions.

Synthesis 106 2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamine

2-Chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine (1 g, 7.7 mmol), 4-methoxybenzeneboronic acid (1.41 g, 9.26 mmol) and dimethylacetamide (12 mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar, potassium phosphate (3.28 g, 15.44 mmol) was dissolved in water (4 mL) and added to the vial. The tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.44 g, 0.386 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 150° C. for 10 min. The reaction was filtered through silica and washed through with methanol and concentrated. Yield: 1.10 g, 71%; LCMS method: 1, RT: 3.43 min, MI: 241 [M+1].

Synthesis 107 2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-carboethoxy-thiourea

To a solution of 2-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamine (1.55 g, 7.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) cooled to 5° C. was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (0.92 mL, 7.7 mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temp. (20° C.) at which it was stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a yellow solid, which was collected by filtration, thoroughly washed with cyclohexane. No further purification was required. Yield: 2.45 g, 96%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.90 min; MI: 333 [M+1]:

Synthesis 108 5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.1 g, 15.94 mmol) in ethanol/methanol (7 mL/7 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.67 mL, 9.57 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-carboethoxy-thiourea (1.06 g, 3.19 mmol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. After 3 h at reflux the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethyl ether then dried in vacuo to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.68 g, 88%; LCMS method: 1, 1.34 min, MI; 242 [M+1].

Synthesis 109 [5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (YY-001)

In a microwave vial, 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.05 g, 0.207 mmol), 1-[2-(3-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-1H-imidazole (0.073 g, 0.27 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.01 g, 0.01 mmol), xantphos (0.012 g, 0.02 mmol) and sodium tert butoxide (0.04 g, 0.416 mmol) were added successively. 1,4-Dioxane (1.2 mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (150° C., 10 min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS method: 1, RT: 3.27 min; MI: 431 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation YY-001 RT: 3.27 min; MI: 431; Method 1 YY-003 RT: 3.16 min; MI: 405: Method 1 YY-004 RT: 3.11 min; MI: 432; Method 1 YY-002 RT: 3.33 min; MI: 445; Method 1

The following compounds were also synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation YY-005 RT: 2.71 min; MI: 447; Method: 2 YY-006 RT: 2.65 min; MI: 475; Method: 2 YY-007 RT: 2.65 min; MI: 445; Method: 2 YY-008 RT: 2.52 min; MI: 489; Method: 2 YY-009 RT: 2.58 min; MI: 461; Method: 2 YY-010 RT: 2.52 min; MI; 459; Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure WW

Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the amino derivative was converted to the corresponding amide using acid chlorides or other activated esters.

Synthesis 110 Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-yl]-amide (ZZ-001)

To a solution of 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.04 g, 0.148 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (2 mL) was added triethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.371 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (0.034 mL, 0.371 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO): 1.84-1.88 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.08 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.36 (m, 4H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 8.21 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 11.37 (s, 1H). LCMS Method: 2: RT:3.51 min, MI:338 [M+1].

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation ZZ-001 RT: 3.51 min, MI: 338, Method: 2 ZZ-002 RT: 3.87 min, MI: 324, Method: 2 ZZ-003 RT: 4.54 min, MI: 310; Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure XX

Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the chloro derivative was converted to the methanesulfinyl derivative using sodium thiomethoxide. Reaction of this compound with ethylcarbonyl isothiocyanate provided the corresponding thiourea, which was cyclised to the [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine intermediate using hydroxylamine. This compound was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid. Finally, the aryl-amino derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standard conditions.

Synthesis 111 2-Methanesulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl-3-carboethoxy-thiourea

To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine (5 g, 38.6 mmol) in dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added sodium thiomethoxide (3.52 g, 50.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture heated at 60° C. for 1 hour. Having cooled to room temperature, water (100 mL) was added and the product extracted into dichloromethane twice. The combined organic phases were washed with water several times, washed once with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to provide a colourless oil. This oil was dissolved in dichloromethane (40 mL) and cooled to OC. Ethylcarbonyl isothiocyanate (9.2 mL, 77.2 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. All solvents were removed in vacuo, and the product, a yellow solid, collected by filtration and washed with cyclohexane. No further purification was required. Yield: 7.01 g, 67%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.46 min, MI: 273 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (DMSO); 12.15 (s, 1H), 12.10 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 4.23 (q, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t, 3H).

Synthesis 112 5-Methylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine

To a stirred suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.1 g, 59.0 mmol) in ethanol/methanol (15 mL/15 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (6.2 mL, 35.4 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 2-Methanesulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl-3-carboethoxy-thiourea (3.21 g, 11.8 mmol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. After 3 hours at reflux the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethyl ether, then dried in vacuo to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 1.76 g, 82%; LCMS method: 2, RT:2.36 min, MI; 182 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (DMSO); 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 6.54 (s, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H).

Synthesis 113 5-(1-Benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine

A microwave vial containing 5-methylsulfanyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.05 g, 0.276 mmol), 1-benzyl-1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid (123 mg, 0.607 mmol), copper(I)thiophene carboxylate (116 mg, 0.607 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (33 mg, 0.028 mmol) in THF (1.2 mL) was heated under microwave irradiation (130° C., 15 min). The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the cake washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate was washed with water followed by brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Trituration with diethyl ether provided a yellow solid that did not require further purification. Yield: 0.05 g, 63%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.18 min, MI: 292 [M+1].

Synthesis 114 [5-(1-Benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (YY-011)

In a microwave vial, 5-(1-benzyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.05 g, 0.165 mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (0.045 g, 0.215 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.005 g, 0.008 mmol), xantphos (0.01 g, 0.017 mmol) and sodium tert butoxide (0.032 g, 0.330 mmol) were added successively. 1,4-Dioxane (1.2 mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (130° C., 15 min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.54 min; MI: 481 [M+1]. ¹H NMR (DMSO) 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 2H), 7.32 (m, 3H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.52 (s, 4H), 1.64 (s, 4H).

The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation YY-011 RT: 2.54 min, MI: 481, Method: 2 YY-012 RT: 2.57 min, MI: 430, Method: 2 YY-013 RT: 5.06 min, MI: 469, Method: basic YY-014 RT: 2.65 min, MI: 433, Method: 2 YY-015 RT: 5.15 min, MI: 428, Method basic YY-016 RT: 2.46 min, MI: 484, Method: 2

General Synthesis Procedure YY

Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amides, such as cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-005, described above), following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the alkylino derivatives may be obtained via the reduction of its corresponding amide utilising a reducing agent such as Borane THF complex.

Synthesis 115 Cyclopropylmethyl-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-003)

To cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-005) ((0.07 g, 0.227 mmol), BH₃ (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with methanol and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1, 4.45 min, MI: 295 [M+1]. 1H NMR (DMSO): 0.18-0.22 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.41 (m, 2H), 1.04-1.08 (m, 1H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.64 (t, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1H), 7.96 (d, 2H).

The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.

Code No. Characterisation XX-003 RT: 4.45 min, MI: 295, Method 1

Biological Methods

AXL (Human Catalytic Domain) Enzyme Activity Assay

Reagents

Kinase Assay Reaction Buffer: This consisted of 20 mM HEPES pH 7.0, 10 mM MgCl₂, 1 mM DTT, 0.25 M EGTA, 0.01% Triton X100 (v/v), and 0.01% BSA (w/v). All buffer components were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich at reagent grade or higher.

Kinase: Recombinant AXL isoform 1 (aa473-894 corresponding to Genbank Accession Number NP 068713) at 2 mg/mL (20.8 μM) was purchased from Upstate Ltd. (Product code 14-512, lot #28164U). The enzyme was stored at −80° C. and a working stock was prepared to a concentration of 30 nM by diluting 20.8 μM stock 1:693 in cold (4° C.) 1×Reaction Buffer. Final enzyme concentration in the assay was 15 nM.

Substrate: Fluorescein labelled CSK-tide 5FAM-KKKKEEIYFFFG-NH₂ was obtained from Molecular Devices (Product code R⁷²⁷⁰) and used at a working concentration of 200 nM by diluting the 100 μM stock 1:500 in 1×Reaction Buffer in a mix with the enzyme. A negative control (lacking enzyme) was prepared at the same concentrations. Final substrate concentration in the assay was 100 nM.

ATP: Supplied by Sigma (product code A-7699). A 100 mM ATP stock was prepared in 20 mM NaOH and used at a working concentration of 375 μM by diluting the 100 mM stock 1:266.6 in Reaction Buffer. Final ATP concentration in the assay was 150 μM; this concentration represents the K_(M.ATP) for this enzyme calculated in this assay.

IMAP Reagents: IMAP screening express kit was obtained from Molecular Devices (product code R⁸¹²⁷). The binding reagent was gently re-suspended before diluting by 1:1000 in buffer (Binding Buffer is supplied as a 5× stock and so was diluted with water prior to use—this assay used 40% buffer A and 60% buffer B) and then vortexed before addition to wells. The binding reagent was used at a final dilution of 1:1333.

Method

1 μL samples of test compounds in 10% DMSO/water were added to “test” wells by dry-spotting using a Matrix Platemate Plus. 5 μL Kinase/Substrate in Reaction Buffer were added to columns 1-22 of a Corning black low binding 384 well #6754 (90 μL volume) microplate to give 12 nM and 100 nM reaction concentration respectively. 5 μL substrate in Reaction Buffer was added to columns 23 and 24 to give 100 nM reaction concentration. 4 μL ATP in Reaction Buffer was added to all wells to give 150 μM reaction concentration. The reaction mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes. The incubation period was followed by the addition of 20 μL IMAP Binding Reagent in Binding Buffer to all wells. The IMAP reaction detection was further incubated at room temperature overnight. The FP on a Tecan Ultra Plate reader was recorded as a single read at Ex485 Em535.

Percentage inhibition was calculated based on activity of the test sample minus the average values in the blank wells relative to the average values measured in control wells minus the average values in the blank wells.

IC₅₀ values were calculated from 10 point dose sigmoid ‘dose-response’ curves using Xlfit software (IDBS Inc, USA). Data were fitted to a 4 parameter logistic model/sigmoidal dose response defined by the following equation:

${Fit} = {A + \left( \frac{\left( {B - A} \right)}{\left( {1 + \left( \frac{C}{X} \right)^{D}} \right)} \right)}$

where:

A=fit minimum (locked to 0);

B=fit maximum (locked to 100);

C=fit midpoint (pre-fit to 1); and

D=slope at linear portion of curve, hillslope (pre-fit to 0.1).

The value for C represents the IC₅₀ of the test compound.

AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay

This cell based ELISA assay is a simple cell-based method used to monitor activation of proteins by phosphorylation. The Active Motif, Fast Activated Cell-based ELISA (FACE) kit (Active Motif Cat No: 48120) was used in this case to monitor the inhibition, by test compounds, of Axl activation via the downstream phosphorylation of Akt (serine 473). In this system, cells are cultured in 96 well plates and treated with test compounds and Axl is activated by the introduction of Gas6 (Axl ligand). The inhibition of Axl can be directly assessed via the reduction of pS⁴⁷³Akt levels.

Reagents

Active Motif FACE Kit reagents (Active Motif Cat. No: 48120(AKT)).

10% hydrogen peroxide (Sigma H1009).

10% Sodium azide (Sigma 7128).

37% Formaldehyde (Sigma F8775).

Axl/Fc conjugate (R&D Systems 154-AL).

Recombinant mouse Gas6 (R&D Systems 986-GS-025).

Method

All cell incubations were carried out in humidified incubators set at 5% CO₂ and 37° C. All removal of media from the 96 well plates was carried out by tapping plates on towel, as this reduced the loss of cells at each step. MDA-MB-231 cells were grown in E4 media+10% FCS in T150 vented flasks (Corning) to 85% confluence. Cells were harvested and re-suspended at 2×10⁵ cells/mL and 100 μL of cells was aliquoted into each well of a 96 well tissue culture treated plate (Corning). The plate was incubated for 24 hours to allow cells to attach.

The media was replaced with 100 μL E4, 0.5% serum supplemented with 400 ng/mL Axl/Fc. Cells were then incubated overnight. Cells were then pre-treated for 30 minutes with test compound by replacing media with 50 μL test compound in E4, 0.5% serum. 50 μL Gas6 [200 ngml⁻¹ final concentration] in E4, 0.5% serum was added to wells and incubated for 15 minutes. The media was removed and the cells were fixed by the addition of 100 μL of freshly prepared fixing buffer (3.7% (v/v) formaldehyde in PBS) to each well. The plates were then incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes. The plates were then washed (3×5 minutes) with 200 μL wash buffer (0.1% TritonX-100 in PBS).

Immunostaining (Carried Out as Outlined in FACE Kit Protocol).

The wash buffer was removed and replaced with 100 μL quench buffer (1% H₂O₂ and 0.1% Azide in wash buffer). The plates were then incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature. The plates were then washed (2×5 minutes) with 200 μL wash buffer. The media was removed and replaced with 100 μL antibody blocking buffer (as supplied in the kit) and the plates were then incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. The blocking buffer was removed and the plates washed (2×5 minutes) with 200 μL wash buffer. 40 μL of diluted primary phospho-Akt (kit) in quench buffer (to kit dilution specifications) was added to each well, and the plates were incubated overnight at 4° C. with shaking, while ensuring that the plates were tightly sealed. The primary antibody was removed and plates were washed (3×5 minutes) with 200 μL wash buffer. The last wash was removed and 100 μL diluted secondary antibody (as supplied with the kit) was added. Plates were covered and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. During this time, the developing solution was left at room temperature in the dark. The secondary antibody was removed and the plates were washed (3×5 minutes) with 200 μL wash buffer and then (2×5 minutes) with 200 μL PBS. 100 μL developing solution was added to each well and monitored for colour change to medium to dark blue (2 to 20 minutes). 100 μL of stop solution was then added and absorbance was read at 450 nm within 5 minutes of addition.

Crystal Violet Cell Staining.

After reading absorbance at 450 nm, the plates were washed twice with 200 μL wash buffer and twice with 200 μL PBS. The plates were then air dried for 5 minutes. 100 μL of crystal violet stain was added to each well and the plates were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. The plates were washed (3×5 minutes) with 100 μL PBS. 100 μL 1% SDS solution was added to each well and the plates were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Absorbance was read at 595 nm. Readings from OD₄₅₀ were corrected for cell number by dividing the OD₄₅₀ by OD₅₉₅ for the same well.

Data Analysis

Percentage inhibition was calculated based on the activity of test sample minus the average values in the blank wells (no cells) relative to the average values measured in control wells minus the average values in the blank wells.

EC50 values were calculated from a 10-point dose sigmoidal ‘dose response’ curve using Xlfit software (IDBS Inc., USA). Data were fitted to a parameter logistic model/sigmoidal dose response:

${Fit} = {A + \left( \frac{\left( {B - A} \right)}{\left( {1 + \left( \frac{C}{X} \right)^{D}} \right)} \right)}$

where:

A=fit minimum (locked to 0);

B=fit maximum (locked to 100);

C=fit midpoint (pre-fit to 1);

D=slope at linear portion of curve, hillslope (pre-fit to 0.1)

The value for C represents the IC₅₀ of the test compound.

Biological Data

Biological data were obtained using the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-001 through WW-166, XX-001 through XX-89, and YY-001 through YY-004.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of less than 1 μM: WW-001, WW-005, WW-018, WW-022, WW-026, WW-035, WW-047, WW-049, WW-054, WW-059, WW-063, WW-064, WW-066, WW-069, WW-089, WW-092, WW-094, WW-096, WW-097, WW-102, WW-103, WW-104, WW-106, WW-133, WW-159, XX-001, XX-002, XX-004, XX-005, XX-006, XX-007, XX-011, XX-012, XX-013, XX-014, XX-015, XX-016, XX-017, XX-018, XX-019, XX-020, XX-021, XX-022, XX-023, XX-025, XX-026, XX-027, XX-028, XX-029, XX-030, XX-031, XX-032, XX-033, XX-034, XX-036, XX-037, XX-038, XX-040, XX-041, XX-044, XX-045, XX-046, XX-047, XX-048, XX-049, XX-050, XX-051, XX-052, XX-053, XX-054, XX-055, XX-058, XX-059, XX-060, XX-064, XX-065, XX-066, XX-067, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-072, XX-073, XX-074, XX-075, XX-076, XX-077, XX-078, XX-079, XX-080, XX-081, XX-082, XX-083, XX-084, XX-085, XX-086, XX-087, XX-088, YY-001, YY-002, YY-003, YY-004.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of 1 μM or more, and less than 10 μM: WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-010, WW-011, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-017, WW-019, WW-020, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-033, WW-034, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-041, WW-042, WW-043, WW-046, WW-050, WW-052, WW-053, WW-055, WW-056, WW-057, WW-058, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-067, WW-068, WW-070, WW-071, WW-073, WW-075, WW-076, WW-077, WW-078, WW-079, WW-080, WW-081, WW-082, WW-084, WW-085, WW-087, WW-088, WW-090, WW-091, WW-093, WW-095, WW-098, WW-099, WW-100, WW-101, WW-105, WW-107, WW-108, WW-109, WW-110, WW-113, WW-119, WW-120, WW-121, WW-122, WW-123, WW-124, WW-125, WW-127, WW-128, WW-129, WW-135, WW-136, WW-137, WW-139, WW-144, WW-147, WW-148, WW-149, WW-150, WW-151, WW-152, WW-153, WW-155, WW-156, WW-157, WW-158, WW-160, WW-161, WW-162, WW-167, XX-003, XX-010, XX-024, XX-035, XX-056, XX-057, XX-061, XX-062, XX-063, XX-071.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, all of the compounds have an IC50 of less than 30 μM.

One compound, compound WW-103, has an IC50 value of 0.664 μM.

One compound, compound XX-025, has an IC50 value of 0.114 μM.

One compound, compound YY-003, has an IC50 value of 0.105 μM.

One compound, compound ZZ-001, has an IC50 value of 0.364 μM.

Biological data were also obtained using the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-001 through WW-169, XX-001 through XX-469, YY-001 through YY-016, and ZZ-001 through ZZ-003.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of less than or equal to 0.1 μM: XX-001, XX-005, XX-007, XX-019, XX-020, XX-021, XX-023, XX-024, XX-032, XX-035, XX-037, XX-038, XX-046, XX-050, XX-051, XX-053, XX-054, XX-055, XX-058, XX-060, XX-065, XX-066, XX-067, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-074, XX-075, XX-076, XX-077, XX-079, XX-080, XX-081, XX-082, XX-083, XX-084, XX-085, XX-086, XX-090, XX-101, XX-108, XX-110, XX-113, XX-118, XX-127, XX-130, XX-131, XX-132, XX-133, XX-136, XX-139, XX-153, XX-154, XX-162, XX-163, XX-167, XX-211, XX-280, XX-290, XX-304, XX-312, XX-316, XX-318, XX-319, XX-320, XX-326, XX-353, XX-359, XX-360, XX-361, XX-363, XX-374, XX-375, XX-378, XX-380, XX-381, XX-382, XX-383, XX-388, XX-390, XX-394, XX-396, XX-414, XX-416, YY-002, YY-004, YY-014.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of more than 0.1 μM, and less than or equal to 1.0 μM: WW-001, WW-005, WW-018, WW-022, WW-026, WW-035, WW-047, WW-049, WW-054, WW-059, WW-063, WW-064, WW-066, WW-069, WW-089, WW-092, WW-094, WW-096, WW-097, WW-102, WW-103, WW-104, WW-106, WW-133, WW-159, XX-002, XX-003, XX-006, XX-008, XX-012, XX-013, XX-014, XX-015, XX-016, XX-017, XX-018, XX-022, XX-026, XX-027, XX-028, XX-029, XX-030, XX-031, XX-033, XX-034, XX-039, XX-041, XX-042, XX-045, XX-047, XX-048, XX-049, XX-052, XX-059, XX-064, XX-072, XX-073, XX-078, XX-087, XX-088, XX-091, XX-093, XX-094, XX-095, XX-096, XX-097, XX-099, XX-100, XX-102, XX-103, XX-104, XX-105, XX-106, XX-107, XX-109, XX-111, XX-112, XX-114, XX-115, XX-116, XX-117, XX-119, XX-120, XX-121, XX-122, XX-123, XX-124, XX-125, XX-126, XX-128, XX-129, XX-134, XX-135, XX-137, XX-138, XX-140, XX-141, XX-142, XX-143, XX-144, XX-145, XX-146, XX-147, XX-148, XX-149, XX-151, XX-155, XX-157, XX-159, XX-161, XX-164, XX-165, XX-166, XX-168, XX-169, XX-170, XX-171, XX-172, XX-173, XX-174, XX-175, XX-176, XX-177, XX-178, XX-179, XX-180, XX-181, XX-182, XX-184, XX-185, XX-186, XX-187, XX-188, XX-189, XX-190, XX-191, XX-192, XX-193, XX-198, XX-199, XX-201, XX-202, XX-203, XX-205, XX-206, XX-207, XX-208, XX-209, XX-210, XX-213, XX-214, XX-215, XX-216, XX-217, XX-218, XX-224, XX-226, XX-231, XX-235, XX-236, XX-237, XX-238, XX-240, XX-241, XX-242, XX-243, XX-244, XX-247, XX-248, XX-249, XX-250, XX-251, XX-252, XX-253, XX-254, XX-255, XX-256, XX-257, XX-259, XX-261, XX-263, XX-264, XX-266, XX-267, XX-268, XX-270, XX-271, XX-273, XX-275, XX-276, XX-278, XX-279, XX-282, XX-283, XX-284, XX-285, XX-286, XX-287, XX-288, XX-289, XX-291, XX-292, XX-293, XX-294, XX-295, XX-297, XX-298, XX-299, XX-300, XX-302, XX-305, XX-306, XX-307, XX-310, XX-311, XX-313, XX-314, XX-315, XX-317, XX-325, XX-328, XX-329, XX-332, XX-334, XX-335, XX-337, XX-340, XX-341, XX-343, XX-344, XX-345, XX-346, XX-347, XX-349, XX-350, XX-351, XX-352, XX-354, XX-355, XX-356, XX-357, XX-358, XX-364, XX-365, XX-366, XX-367, XX-368, XX-369, XX-370, XX-371, XX-372, XX-373, XX-376, XX-377, XX-379, XX-384, XX-385, XX-387, XX-389, XX-391, XX-392, XX-393, XX-395, XX-397, XX-398, XX-399, XX-403, XX-407, XX-408, XX-409, XX-410, XX-411, XX-413, XX-415, XX-417, XX-418, XX-419, XX-420, XX-421, XX-422, XX-423, XX-424, XX-425, XX-426, XX-427, XX-429, XX-430, XX-431, XX-432, XX-433, XX-435, XX-436, XX-438, XX-439, XX-441, XX-442, XX-443, XX-444, XX-445, XX-446, XX-447, XX-448, XX-449, XX-450, XX-451, XX-452, XX-453, XX-454, XX-456, XX-460, XX-464, XX-466, XX-469, YY-001, YY-003, YY-006, YY-007, YY-008, YY-009, YY-010, YY-011, YY-012, YY-013, YY-015, ZZ-001, ZZ-002.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of more than 1.0 μM, and less than or equal to 10 μM: WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-010, WW-011, WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-017, WW-019, WW-020, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031, WW-033, WW-034, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-041, WW-042, WW-043, WW-046, WW-050, WW-052, WW-053, WW-055, WW-056, WW-057, WW-058, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-067, WW-068, WW-070, WW-071, WW-073, WW-075, WW-076, WW-077, WW-078, WW-079, WW-080, WW-081, WW-082, WW-084, WW-085, WW-087, WW-088, WW-090, WW-091, WW-093, WW-095, WW-098, WW-099, WW-100, WW-101, WW-105, WW-107, WW-108, WW-109, WW-110, WW-113, WW-119, WW-120, WW-121, WW-122, WW-123, WW-124, WW-125, WW-127, WW-128, WW-129, WW-135, WW-136, WW-137, WW-139, WW-144, WW-147, WW-148, WW-149, WW-150, WW-151, WW-152, WW-153, WW-155, WW-156, WW-157, WW-158, WW-160, WW-161, WW-162, WW-167, WW-169, XX-004, XX-011, XX-025, XX-036, XX-056, XX-057, XX-061, XX-062, XX-063, XX-071, XX-089, XX-092, XX-098, XX-150, XX-152, XX-156, XX-158, XX-160, XX-183, XX-194, XX-195, XX-196, XX-197, XX-200, XX-204, XX-212, XX-219, XX-220, XX-221, XX-222, XX-223, XX-225, XX-227, XX-228, XX-229, XX-230, XX-232, XX-233, XX-239, XX-245, XX-246, XX-258, XX-260, XX-262, XX-265, XX-269, XX-272, XX-274, XX-277, XX-281, XX-296, XX-301, XX-308, XX-309, XX-321, XX-322, XX-323, XX-324, XX-327, XX-330, XX-331, XX-333, XX-336, XX-338, XX-339, XX-342, XX-348, XX-386, XX-400, XX-401, XX-402, XX-404, XX-405, XX-406, XX-412, XX-428, XX-434, XX-437, XX-440, XX-455, XX-457, XX-459, XX-461, XX-462, XX-463, XX-465, XX-467, XX-468, YY-005, YY-016, ZZ-003.

For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, all of the compounds have an IC50 of less than 30 μM.

Biological data were also obtained using the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-104, XX-001, XX-012, XX-020, XX-021, XX-036, XX-037, XX-045, XX-053, XX-054, XX-058, XX-060, XX-065, XX-066, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-074, XX-076, XX-083, YY-001, YY-002.

For the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay, all of these compounds have an IC50 of less than 10 μM.

One compound, compound WW-104, has an IC50 value of 8.491 μM.

One compound, compound XX-070, has an IC50 value of 1.027 μM.

One compound, compound YY-001, has an IC50 value of 3.003 μM.

Biological data were also obtained using the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-104, WW-114, XX-001, XX-005, XX-007, XX-013, XX-013, XX-019, XX-020, XX-021, XX-022, XX-023, XX-024, XX-032, XX-035, XX-037, XX-038, XX-046, XX-050, XX-051, XX-053, XX-054, XX-055, XX-058, XX-060, XX-065, XX-066, XX-067, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-074, XX-076, XX-079, XX-081, XX-082, XX-083, XX-084, XX-085, XX-086, XX-090, XX-094, XX-095, XX-100, XX-101, XX-108, XX-110, XX-113, XX-115, XX-116, XX-117, XX-118, XX-119, XX-120, XX-121, XX-122, XX-123, XX-124, XX-125, XX-126, XX-127, XX-131, XX-132, XX-133, XX-135, XX-136, XX-139, XX-143, XX-153, XX-154, XX-155, XX-162, XX-163, XX-167, XX-170, XX-173, XX-186, XX-188, XX-193, XX-201, XX-209, XX-211, XX-226, XX-237, XX-240, XX-255, XX-258, XX-259, XX-260, XX-261, XX-262, XX-274, XX-275, XX-279, XX-280, XX-281, XX-284, XX-293, XX-294, XX-296, XX-303, XX-323, XX-353, XX-359, XX-360, XX-361, YY-001, YY-002, YY-004, YY-010, YY-011.

For the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay, all of these compounds have an IC50 of less than 10 μM.

The foregoing has described the principles, preferred embodiments, and modes of operation of the present invention. However, the invention should not be construed as limited to the particular embodiments discussed. Instead, the above-described embodiments should be regarded as illustrative rather than restrictive, and it should be appreciated that variations may be made in those embodiments by workers skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the present invention.

REFERENCES

A number of patents and publications are cited above in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Full citations for these references are provided below. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

-   Alessi, D. R., et al., 1996, “Mechanism of activation of protein     kinase B by insulin and IGF-1”, EMBO J., Vol. 15, pp. 6541-6551. -   Bellosta, P., et al., 1995, “The receptor tyrosine kinase ARK     mediates cell aggregation by homophilic binding”, Mol. Cell Biol.,     Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 614-625. -   Bellosta, P., et al., 1997, “Signaling through the ARK tyrosine     kinase receptor protects from apoptosis in the absence of growth     stimulation”, Oncogene, Vol. 15, No. 20, pp. 2387-2397. -   Braunger, J., et al., 1997, “Intracellular signaling of the Ufo/Axl     receptor tyrosine kinase is mediated mainly by a multi-substrate     docking-site”, Oncogene, Vol. 14, No. 22, pp. 2619-2631. -   Fridell, Y. W., et al., 1998, “GAS6 induces Axl-mediated chemotaxis     of vascular smooth muscle cells”, J. Biol. Chem., Vol. 273, No. 12,     pp. 7123-7126. -   Graham, D. K., et al., 1994, “Cloning and mRNA expression analysis     of a novel human protooncogene, c-mer”, Cell Growth Differ., Vol. 5,     No. 6, pp. 647-657. Green, J., 2006, “Overexpression of the Axl     tyrosine kinase receptor in cutaneous SCC-derived cell lines and     tumours”, Br. J. Cancer, Vol. 94, No. 10, pp. 1446-1451. -   Hafizi, S., et al., 2002, “Interaction of Axl receptor tyrosine     kinase with C1-TEN, a novel C1 domain-containing protein with     homology to tensin”, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., Vol. 299, No.     5, pp. 793-800. -   Hafizi, S., et al., 2006a, “Signalling and functional diversity     within the Axl subfamily of receptor tyrosine kinases”, Cytokine     Growth Factor Rev., Vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 295-304. -   Hafizi, S., et al., 2006b, “Gas6 and protein S. Vitamin K-dependent     ligands for the Axl receptor tyrosine kinase subfamily”, FEBS J.,     Vol. 273, No. 23, pp. 5231-5244. -   Hanada, M., 2004, “Structure, regulation and function of PKB/AKT—a     major therapeutic target”, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, Vol. 1697, pp.     3-16. -   Holland, S. J., et al., 2005, “Multiple roles for the receptor     tyrosine kinase axl in tumor formation”, Cancer Res., Vol. 65, No.     20, pp. 9294-9303. -   Manfioletti, G., 1993, “The protein encoded by a growth     arrest-specific gene (gas6) is a new member of the vitamin     K-dependent proteins related to protein S, a negative coregulator in     the blood coagulation cascade”, Mol. Cell Biol., Vol. 13, pp.     4976-4985. -   Mark, M. R., et al., 1994, “rse, a novel receptor-type tyrosine     kinase with homology to Axl/Ufo, is expressed at high levels in the     brain”, J. Biol. Chem., Vol. 269, No. 14, pp. 10720-10728. -   Meric, F., et al., 2002, “Expression profile of tyrosine kinases in     breast cancer”, Clin. Cancer Res., Vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 361-367. -   O'Bryan, J. P. et al., 1991, “axl, a transforming gene isolated from     primary human myeloid leukemia cells, encodes a novel receptor     tyrosine kinase”, Mol. Cell Biol., Vol. 11, pp. 5016-5031. -   Rescigno, J., et al., 1991, “A putative receptor tyrosine kinase     with unique structural topology”, Oncogene, Vol. 6, No. 10, pp.     1909-1913. -   Sainaghi, P. P., et al., 2005, “Gas6 induces proliferation in     prostate carcinoma cell lines expressing the Axl receptor”, J. Cell     Physiol., Vol. 204, No. 1, pp. 36-44. -   Sawabu, T., et al., 2007, “Growth arrest-specific gene 6 and Axl     signaling enhances gastric cancer cell survival via Akt pathway”,     Mol. Carcinog., Vol. 46, No. 2. pp. 155-164. -   Shankar, S. L., et al., 2006, “Gas6/Axl signaling activates the     phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase/Akt1 survival pathway to protect     oligodendrocytes from tumor necrosis factor alpha-induced     apoptosis”, J. Neurosci., Vol. 26, No. 21, pp. 5638-5648. -   Shieh, Y. S., et al., 2005, “Expression of axl in lung     adenocarcinoma and correlation with tumor progression”, Neoplasia,     Vol. 7, No. 12, p. 1058-1064. -   Sun, W. S., et al., 2003, “Clinical implications of coexpression of     growth arrest-specific gene 6 and receptor tyrosine kinases Axl and     Sky in human uterine leiomyoma”, Mol. Hum. Reprod., Vol. 9, No. 11,     pp. 701-707. -   Vajkoczy, P., et al., 2006, “Dominant-negative inhibition of the Axl     receptor tyrosine kinase suppresses brain tumor cell growth and     invasion and prolongs survival”, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, Vol.     103, No. 15, pp. 5799-5804. -   Abd Elmonem, M. E., et al., 1991, “Synthesis of     8,11-dihydro-10-methyl-8,11-diphenylpyrazolo[4′,3′:5,6]pyrano[3,2-e][1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine     and some derivatives”, Collection of Czechoslovak Chemical     Communications, Vol. 56, No. 9, pp. 1977-1982. -   Abdel-Monem, W. R., et al., 2004, “Synthesis and biological     evaluation of some new fused heterobicyclic derivatives containing     1,2,4-triazolo/1,2,4-triazinopyridinone moieties”, Egypt. Chemical     Papers, Vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 276-285. -   Adenot, M., et al., 1997, “Interest of cluster significance analysis     in structure-affinity relationships for non-xanthine heterocyclic     antagonists of adenosine”, Eur. J. Med. Chem., Vol. 32, No. 6, pp.     493-504. -   Ahmed, E., et al., 2006, “Heterocyclization of Orthoaminoester and     Orthoamino-nitrile-thieno[2,3-c]pyridine: The Facile Synthesis of     Fused Pyridothienopyrimidines”, Phosphorus, Sulfur and Silicon and     the Related Elements, 2006, Vol. 181, No. 3, pp. 497-510. -   Aranyi, P., et al., 2005, “Preparation of pyrrolidinecarbonitrile     compounds and analogs for DPP-IV enzyme inhibition”, international     patent application publication number WO 2005/021536. -   Bakhite, E. A.-G., 2000, “Benzoquinolines II. Synthesis of some new     benzo[h]pyrimido[4′,5′:4,5]thieno[2,3-b]quinoline derivatives and     related fused hexacyclic systems”, Phosphorus, Sulfur and Silicon     and the Related Elements, Vol. 159, pp. 171-194. -   Baqsyouni, W. M., et al., 1997, “Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines. Part 3.     Synthesis of some novel 4-substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and     their related triazolo derivatives”, J. Chem. Research, Synopses,     No. 12, pp. 452-453. -   Baraldi, P. G., et al., 2004, “Synthesis of new     pyrazolo[4,3-e]-1,2,4-triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidines and related     heterocycles”, Tetrahedron, Vol. 60, No. 23, pp. 5093-5104. -   Bru-Magniez, N., et al., 1993, “Preparation of triazolopyrimidines     as angiotensin II antagonists”, European patent publication number     EP 521768. -   Bru-Magniez, N., et al., 1994, “Triazolopyrimidine derivatives which     are angiotensin II receptor antagonists”, U.S. Pat. No. 5,358,950. -   Butler, D., et al., 2006, “Preparation of triazolopyridine     derivatives as antibacterial agents”, international patent     application publication number WO 2006/038116. -   Chuiguk, V. A., et al., 1982, “Mesoionic heterocycles based on     2-amino-1,2,4-triazolo[1.5-a]pyridine”, Ukrainskii Khimicheskii     Zhurnal (Russian Edition), Vol. 48, No. 6, pp. 647-649. -   El-Sayed, A. M., et al., 1998, “Synthesis of some new heterocycles     derived from (arylmethylene)malononitriles”, Synthetic     Communications, Vol. 28, No. 18, pp. 3331-3343. -   Fratev, F., et al., 2005, “CoMFA study of non-peptide angiotensin II     receptor (AT1) antagonist”, Oxidation Communications, Vol. 28, No.     1, pp. 230-236. -   Fujimoto, Y., et al., 1965, “Pyrimidine and purine bases. II.     Synthesis of adenine from malonic ester. 2”, Yakuqaku Zasshi, Vol.     85, No. 4, pp. 367-370. -   Hafidh, A., et al., 1996, “Reaction of hydrazine and its derivatives     on y-ketonitriles. Synthesis of diamino and     triazolodihydropyridines”, Journal de la Societe Chimique de     Tunisie, Vol. 3, No. 11, pp. 771-780. -   Hafidh, A., et al., 2002, “Synthesis of novel heterocyclic     polynuclear compounds: pyranopyrimidines and     pyranopyrimidotriazoles”, Journal de la Societe Alqerienne de     Chimie, Vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 89-97. -   Haniu, T., et al., 1998, “Silver halide photographic photosensitive     material with improved pressure resistance”, Japanese patent     publication number JP 10-148903. -   Hassan, K. M., et al., 1989, “Synthesis of tricyclic compounds with     pyridinethione rings”, Assiut, Egypt, Phosphorus, Sulfur and Silicon     and the Related Elements, Vol. 45, No. 3-4, pp. 261-267. -   Hozien, Z. A., et al., 1997, “Synthesis of some biologically active     agents derived from thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives”, Pharmazie,     Vol. 52, No. 10, pp. 753-758. -   Huber Trottmann, G., et al., 2001, “Preparation of     5-amino-substituted triazolopyridines for treating diseases related     to the adenosine A2A receptor”, international patent application     publication number WO 2001/017999. -   Hussein, A. H. M., 1999, “Pyridines as building blocks in     heterocyclic synthesis. An expeditious synthesis of     triazolopyridines, tetrazolopyridines, pyridotriazines,     thienopyridines and isoquinolines”, Assiut, Eqypt. Afinidad, Vol.     56, No 484, pp. 377-382. -   Issac, Y. A., 2003, “Synthesis of annulated and substituted     pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines as antimicrobial agents”, Pigment & Resin     Technology, Vol. 32, No. 6, pp. 371-381. -   Issac, Y. A., et al., 2003, “A convenient synthesis of new     penta-aza-cyclo-pentanaphthalene and penta-aza-phenanthrene     derivatives”, Zeitschrift fuer Naturforschung, B: Chemical Sciences,     Vol. 58, No. 12, pp. 1227-1233. -   Issac, Y. A., et al., 2003, “Some reactions with     2-(2-carboxyethenyl)-4-hydrazinoquinazoline: synthesis of annelated     and substituted quinazolines”, Egyptian Journal of Chemistry, Vol.     45, No. 5, pp. 947-961. -   Jacob, R. M., et al., 1961, “Piperazine derivative”, French patent     publication number FR 19600804. -   Johnson, T. C., et al., 1999, “Preparation of     N-([1,2,4]triazoloazinyl) benzenesulfonamide and pyridinesulfonamide     compounds as herbicides”, U.S. Pat. No. 5,858,924 Kaneko, Y., et     al., 1992, “Silver halide photographic material”, Japanese patent     publication number JP 04-204441. -   Kurup, A., 2001, “Comparative QSAR: Angiotensin II Antagonists”,     Chemical Reviews, Vol 101, No. 9, pp. 2727-2750. -   Medwid, J. B., et al., 1990, “Preparation of     triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidines as potential antiasthma agents”, J. Med.     Chem., Vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 1230-1241. -   Miller et al., 1962, “Mono-Acyl Derivatives of s-Triazolo[2,3-c]     Pyrimidines”, U.S. Pat. No. 3,046,276 granted 24 Jul. 1962. -   Miller et al., 1962, “Mono-Acyl Derivatives of s-Triazolo[2,3-c]     Pyrimidines”, U.S. Pat. No. 3,053,844 granted 11 Sep. 1962. -   Miller, G. W., et al., 1961, “Heterocyclic compounds”, United     Kingdom patent publication number GB 873223. -   Miller, G. W., et al., 1962, “s-Triazolo[2,3-c]pyrimidine     derivatives”, United Kingdom patent publication number GB 897870. -   Miller, G. W., et al., 1963, “s-Triazolopyrimidines. I. Synthesis as     potential therapeutic agents”, J. Chem. Soc., pp. 5642-5659. -   Miller, G. W., et al., 1965, “s-Triazolopyrimidines. II. Synthesis     of potential therapeutic agents”, J. Chem. Soc., pp. 3357-3368. -   Mitsuya, M., et al., 2004, “Preparation of pyridinecarboxamide     derivatives having glucokinase activating effect for the treatment     of diabetes”, international patent application publication number WO     2004/081001. -   Molina, P., et al., 1983, “Fused mesoionic heterocycles: synthesis     of 1,3,4-triazolo(3,2-a)pyridine derivatives”, Tetrahedron Lett.,     Vol. 24, No. 33, pp. 3523-3526. -   Molina, P., et al., 1984, “Fused mesoionic heterocycles: synthesis     of 1,3,4-triazolo[3,2-a]pyridine derivatives”, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin     Trans. 1: Organic and Bio-Organic Chemistry, Vol. 8, pp. 1891-1897. -   Molina, P., et al., 1986, “Heterocyclization reactions with     carbodiimides: synthesis of fused 1,2,4-triazoles”, Heterocycles,     Vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 3363-3368. -   Molina, P., et al., 1986, “Heterocyclization reactions with     carbodiimides: synthesis of fused 1,2,4-triazoles”, Heterocycles,     Vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 3363-3368. -   Nettekoven et al., 2003, “8-Methoxy-(1,2,4)Triazolo(1,5-A)Pyridine     Derivatives and Their Use as Adenosine Receptor Ligands”,     international patent application publication number WO 03/010167 A1,     published 6 Feb. 2003. -   Nettekoven et al., 2004, “Adenosine Receptor Ligands”, U.S. Pat. No.     6,693,116 granted 17 Feb. 2004. -   Nettekoven, M., et al., 2003, “Preparation of     5-methoxy-8-aryl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines as adenosine     receptor antagonists”, international patent application publication     number WO 2003/031445. -   Nettekoven, M., et al., 2003, “Preparation of aromatic and     heteroaromatic substituted 1,2,4-triazolopyridine derivatives as     selective A2a adenosine receptor antagonists”, U.S. Pat. No.     6,514,989. -   Nettekoven, M., et al., 2003, “Synthetic access to     2-amido-5-aryl-8-methoxy-triazolopyridine and     2-amido-5-morpholino-8-methoxy-triazolopyridine derivatives as     potential inhibitors of the adenosine receptor subtypes”, Synthesis,     No. 11, pp. 1649-1652. -   Nicolai, E., et al., 1994, “Synthesis and SAR Studies of Novel     Triazolopyrimidine Derivatives as Potent, Orally Active Angiotensin     II Receptor Antagonists”, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 37, No. 15, pp.     2371-2386. -   Paul et al., 1985,     “5-Substituted(1,2,4)triazolo(1,5-c)pyrimidine-2-amines”, European     patent application publication number EP 0 132 851 published 13 Feb.     1985. -   Paul, R., et al., 1985,     “5-Substituted-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines”, German     patent publication number DE 3427823. -   Rangnekar, D. W., et al., 1987, “Synthesis of     7H-benzo[de]-s-triazolo[5,1-a]isoquinolin-7-one derivatives and     study of their fluorescent properties”, Dyes and Pigments, Vol. 8,     No. 4, pp. 291-299. -   Ried, W., et al., 1968, “Reactions with aminoguanidine. I.     s-Triazolo[1,5-c]quinazoline derivatives”, Chem. Ber., Vol. 101, No.     6, pp. 2106-2116. -   Said, M., et al., 2004, “Synthesis and biological evaluation of new     thiazolopyrimidines”, Egypt. Archives of Pharmacal Research, Vol.     27, No. 5, pp. 471-477. -   Tachdjian, C., et al., 2006, “Molecules comprising linked organic     moieties as flavor modifiers for comestible compositions”,     international patent application publication number WO 2006/084184. -   Takahashi, M. et al., 2003, “Fused triazole compounds useful for     colorants, their microparticle dispersions and ink jet inks     containing them and printing method using them”, Japanese patent     publication number JP 2003-213152. -   Westman, J., et al., 2005, “Preparation of triazoloquinazoline     compounds binding to purine receptor for the treatment of CNS     disorders, inflammation”, international patent application     publication number WO 2005/018532. -   Wilson et al., 2008, “Triazole Derivatives as Kinase Inhibitors,”     European patent application publication number EP 1 894 931 A1,     published 5 Mar. 2008. -   Wilson et al., 2008, “Triazole Derivatives as Kinase Inhibitors”,     international patent application publication number WO 2008/025821,     published 6 Mar. 2008. -   Xie, L., et al., 2005, “Preparation of imidazo-pyrimidines and     triazolo-pyrimidines as benzodiazepine receptor ligands for the     treatment of central nervous system diseases”, international patent     application publication number WO 2005/012306. -   Xu, Y., et al., 2006, “Preparation of pyrazolylmethyl heteroaryl     derivatives as modulators of GABAA receptors for treating CNS     disorders”, international patent application publication number WO     2006/052546. -   Yamazaki, C., et al., 1994, “Cyclization of isothiosemicarbazones.     Part 10. A novel route to 2-amino[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine     derivatives”, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1: Organic and     Bio-Organic Chemistry, Vol. 7, pp. 825-828. 

1-229. (canceled)
 230. A compound of the following formula or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

wherein: —X═ is independently —CR⁶═; —R⁵ is independently —R^(5A); —R⁶ is independently —R^(6A); —R⁷ is independently —R^(7A); —R⁸ is independently —R^(8A); —W is independently —W^(A); and —W^(A) is independently —C(═O)R^(WA2); wherein: —R^(5A) is independently -Q^(5A); —R^(6A) is independently —H; —R^(7A) is independently —H; and —R^(8A) is independently —H; wherein: —R^(WA2) is independently —R^(1A4); and —R^(1A4) is independently saturated C₃cycloalkyl, and is unsubstituted; wherein: -Q^(5A) is independently —R^(2A7); and —R^(2A7) is independently phenyl; wherein: —R^(2A7) is optionally substituted with one substituent —R^(2B1); wherein: —R^(2B1) is independently -L^(2D)-R^(2D6); -L^(2D)-is independently —CH₂—; and —R^(2D6) is independently non-aromatic C₃₋₈heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted.
 231. A compound according to claim 230, wherein —R^(2D6) is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
 232. A compound according to claim 230, wherein —R^(2D6) is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
 233. A compound according to claim 230, wherein —R^(2D6) is independently non-aromatic C₃₋₈heterocyclyl, and is optionally substituted with one or more substituents —R^(2E)1 and/or one or more substituents —R^(2E2), wherein: each —R^(2E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl; each —R^(2E2) is independently: —F, —Cl, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OH, -L^(2F)-OH, —O-L^(2F)-OH, —OR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —O-L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —CN, —NH₂, —NHR^(2F1), —NR^(2F1) ₂, —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), -L^(2F)-NH₂, -L^(2F)-NHR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-NR^(2F1) ₂, -L^(2F)-NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), —C(═O)NHR^(2F1), —C(═O)NR^(2F1) ₂, or —C(═O)NR^(2F2)R^(2F3); wherein: each —R^(2F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl; each -L^(2F) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene; and each —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.
 234. A compound according to claim 230, wherein —R^(2D6) is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted with one or more substituents —R^(2E1) and/or one or more substituents —R^(2E2), wherein: each —R^(2E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl; each —R^(2E2) is independently: —F, —Cl, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OH, -L^(2F)-OH, —O-L^(2F)-OH, —OR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —O-L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —CN, —NH₂, —NHR^(2F1), —NR^(2F1) ₂, —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), -L^(2F)-NH₂, -L^(2F)-NHR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-NR^(2F1) ₂, -L^(2F)-NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), —C(═O)NHR^(2F1), —C(═O)NR^(2F1) ₂, or —C(═O)NR^(2F2)R^(2F3); wherein: each —R^(2F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl; each -L^(2F) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene; and each —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.
 235. A compound according to claim 230, wherein —R^(2D6) is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted with one or more substituents —R^(2E1) and/or one or more substituents —R^(2E2), wherein: each —R^(2E1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl; each —R^(2E2) is independently: —F, —Cl, —CF₃, —OCF₃, —OH, -L^(2F)-OH, —O-L^(2F)-OH, —OR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —O-L^(2F)-OR^(2F1), —CN, —NH₂, —NHR^(2F1), —NR^(2F1) ₂, —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), -L^(2F)-NH₂, -L^(2F)-NHR^(2F1), -L^(2F)-NR^(2F1) ₂, -L^(2F)-NR^(2F2)R^(2F3), —C(═O)NHR^(2F1), —C(═O)NR^(2F1) ₂, or —C(═O)NR^(2F2)R^(2F3); wherein: each —R^(2F1) is independently saturated aliphatic C₁₋₄alkyl; each -L^(2F) is saturated aliphatic C₁₋₃alkylene; and each —NR^(2F2)R^(2F3) is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from C₁₋₃alkyl, —F, and —CF₃.
 236. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 230, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 237. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 231, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 238. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 232, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 239. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 233, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 240. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 234, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
 240. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 235, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. 